RIDDLES 
 ^PREHISTORIC TIMES 
 
 JAMES ft ANDERSON 
 
c^Tx - //<'/',;, ~y /,,/, //,) 
 
m 
 
 THE AUTHOR. 
 
RIDDLES OF 
 PREHISTORIC TIMES 
 
 BY 
 
 JAMES H. ANDERSON 
 
 BROADWAY PUBLISHING COMPANY 
 
 NEW YORK, BALTIMORE, ATLANTA 
 
 1911 
 
A5 
 
 COPYRIGHT, 1911, 
 
 BY 
 JAMES H. ANDERSON. 
 
 MORSE STEPHENS 
 
CONTENTS. 
 
 CHAPTER PAGE 
 
 I. The Five Eras 7 
 
 II. Glacial Periods 23 
 
 III. Primitive Man 37 
 
 IV. The Mound Builders ... 60 
 V. Ancient Architects . . . . 81 
 
 VI. An Age of Gold 97 
 
 VII. Builded on a Rock . . . .116 
 
 VIII. Lemuria 126 
 
 IX. Before the Flood . . . .131 
 
 X. As It Is Written .... 148 
 
 XL In the Land of Sheba . . .155 
 
 XII. The Aryans 185 
 
 XIII. Mystics and Zoroastrians . . 196 
 
 XIV. Along the Nile and the Eu- 
 
 phrates 206 
 
 XV. As the Mongols Think : China . 210 
 
 XVI. Where the Graces Abide . . 219 
 
 XVII. In the Land of the Midnight 
 
 Sun 229 
 
 XVIII. Cromlechs and Round Towers . 237 
 
 XIX. Iconoclasts 251 
 
FOREWORD. 
 
 This work is a kind of log or record such as 
 sailors keep of voyages in unknown seas. 
 
 For forty years the author had been a plod- 
 ding lawyer, but, having become incapacitated, 
 by an appoplectic fit he, pondering on the riddle 
 of existence, compiled this book, which is but a 
 resume of facts gleaned while he was seeking to 
 know whence came the world and its peoples. 
 
 In making the investigation, the course pur- 
 sued was the same as would have been taken in 
 examining a law case, taking notes of facts found 
 gathering information from various sources like 
 a bee gathering material with which to load the 
 hive from flower to flower. 
 
 More interesting than any tales that ever have 
 been sung or said are the cradle songs, the ear- 
 liest traditions concerning the evolution of the 
 world from chaos to existing order. 
 
 From the beginning, man, powerless to explain 
 the miracle of birth, the vicissitudes of life, the 
 enigma of death, realized that there is some in- 
 scrutable power that worketh, now evil, now 
 good. 
 
 As time went on and he contended with beasts 
 and his fellows for subsistence and supremacy, 
 he became imbued with the idea that the phe- 
 nomena that surrounded him, making or mar- 
 ring his comfort, were but the manifestations of 
 .various powers also contending. Gods he called 
 
6 FOREWORD 
 
 them, and these gods were oft capricious, now 
 sending soft showers to cool the earth and now 
 beating down the tender grass with heavy rain, 
 now fructifying every green thing with gentle 
 heat and now parching herb and flower. Ter- 
 rible were these Gods in anger, and he must ap- 
 pease them with protestation and sacrifice. Their 
 altars now he crowned with fragrant blossoms, 
 and now drenched with blood. 
 
 Then came the great flood, and populous cities 
 sank beneath the waves, and there were earth- 
 quakes and mountains belched forth fire and 
 smoke. And the survivors fled far away to other 
 lands, and as slaves, perchance, long regretted 
 the splendors of their fathers. Mayhap their 
 tales of the past excited derision in the halls of 
 their new masters, and tradition was swallowed 
 up in the oblivion of enforced silence. 
 
 Be that as it may, we of the twentieth century, 
 proud of our civilization and enlightenment, even 
 we have not solved the picture writing on the 
 ancient stones. Little we know of primitive 
 ideas and vast empires that had fallen in decay 
 long ere Solomon builded his temple unto the 
 Lord, or David sang to soothe the troubled king. 
 
 But we know in part and little by little, a 
 fragment here and a fragment there, we are 
 evolving the history of time. 
 
 The preparation of these chapters has been the 
 means of whiling away the tedium of many an 
 irksome hour, and should they inspire or ac- 
 centuate the reader's interest in things ancient, 
 then, indeed, the author may rest content. 
 
Riddles of Prehistoric Times 
 
 CHAPTER I. 
 
 THE FIVE ERAS. 
 
 History is the narration of a succession of 
 events, the causes and effects of fundamental 
 principles, the rise, culmination and wane of 
 various powers, and as such it is fraught with 
 interest, but the history of the earth itself from 
 the beginning until such time as it was rendered 
 fit for the habitation of man is far more interest- 
 ing than any monkish chronicle or mediaeval 
 romance. 
 
 Stored away in the archives of the nation, 
 carefully guarded against depredation and de- 
 struction, are the annals of his struggles, the 
 pean of her triumphs, the register of her defeats, 
 perishable records at best; but graven on tables 
 of stone and clay, in characters that are scattered 
 and in part obliterated, yet capable of being 
 welded into one conforming whole; characters 
 that have withstood, in the main, the ravages of 
 time ; characters that are the open sesame to the 
 mysterious past when old earth was young, and 
 
RiDDIes of 
 
 have awaited only the genie of intelligence, are 
 evidences whence may be adduced tales of prehis- 
 toric marvels, monsters more ingenious than the 
 Grendel of Beowulf, the creature of Franken- 
 stein and peoples who were forgotten long ere 
 the culture of Greece, the grandeur of Rome, 
 were begun. 
 
 A divine harmony pervades all things, a har- 
 mony based on the interdependence of all life 
 forms, vegetable and animal. There is nothing 
 but has its relative position in the scale of de- 
 velopment, not a blade of grass nor a grain of 
 sand but bears mute testimony to some wonder- 
 working force. Each individual man has his 
 place and is necessary to a complete harmony of 
 things. Nature waves her magic wand, and 
 the small brown seed bursts forth in tender 
 green, the silken petaled blossoms that erstwhile 
 swayed in the western breeze falls off and leaves 
 the young fruit on her stem, the ripened fruit is 
 at heart a seed. Minute life forms have built up 
 lofty mountains, and tiny, pattering raindrops 
 have leveled rocky headlands. 
 
 Life began in a protoplasm, which is an al- 
 buminoid substance resembling the white of an 
 e gg> consisting of carbon, nitrogen and hydro- 
 gen in complex combinations, and capable, when 
 subjected to the influence of the sun's heat, of 
 manifesting certain vital phenomena-like spon- 
 taneous motion, sensation, assimilation and re- 
 production, thus constituting the basis of life of 
 all plants and animals. It builds up every vege- 
 
 8 
 
Prehistoric Cfme* 
 
 'table and animal fabric in the world. It is color- 
 less, nearly transparent and of a viscid, semi- 
 fluid consistency. When not confined by an in- 
 vesting membrane, it has the power of extension 
 in every direction. 
 
 I An individual mass of protoplasm, small in 
 size, with or without a nucleus, or wall, consti- 
 tutes a cell which may be the whole body of an 
 organism or a structural aggregation of a num- 
 ber of multicellular plants or animals. The ovum 
 of any creature consists of protoplasm, and all 
 tissues of the most complex living organisms re- 
 sult from the multiplication and combination of 
 protoplasmic cell units. The life of an organism 
 consists, as a whole, of the continuous waste and 
 repair of the protoplasmic material of its cells. 
 The manufacture of protoplasm is a function of 
 the vegetable kingdom. Plants make it direct 
 from mineral compounds and from atmosphere 
 under the influence of the sun's light and heat. 
 It was the first form of life in the world. It be- 
 gan in the water as algae, a low form of sea- 
 weed and in small atomic forms of life floating 
 in the water, becoming in time worm-like crea- 
 tures, jelly fish, sea urchins, and crinoids. 
 
 First, there was a jelly-like speck, like that 
 which forms the globigerina, which the deep sea 
 dredges now bring up from the bed of the ocean. 
 From this to Polyp jellies the road is not long, 
 and from this to crinoids, fish and to bloodless 
 worms seems to have been the path followed by 
 nature in development of life on the earth. In 
 
Of 
 
 tHe old Silurian Sea there was an enormous 
 number of such worms, some with shells, in 
 which they were enveloped for protection like 
 star fish. 
 
 The first form of life on land seems to have 
 been lichens, a pulpy mass which adhered to and 
 grew upon stone in the air. The chemical ac- 
 tion of the cells detached and took into their own 
 structures small particles of rock, which, with 
 the decaying body of the lichen, formed a bed 
 of soil for the maintenance of life of a higher 
 order. 
 
 There may be traced, step by step, the road 
 from the speck of animated jelly to the most 
 complicated plant, and to the most highly de- 
 veloped man in the world. There is a wonderful 
 uniformity of structure in all forms of vegetable 
 and animal life; modifications of a general plan 
 for life and a unity of mental faculties in ani- 
 mals and men as well as in bodily structure. 
 
 The Polypi, which have built the coral beds, 
 the less manifest infusorial animalcules, and the 
 formifera have made masses of rock many 
 leagues in extent in the depths of the ocean, built 
 up to a height of hundreds of feet. 
 
 The earth worms, first formed in water, which 
 were among the earliest created forms of life 
 and which still survive, have had a wonderful in- 
 fluence in the building up of the vegetable and 
 animal life in the earth. It is by their action 
 that the vegetable and animal life in the earth 
 was prepared to sustain life. They burrow in the 
 
 10 
 
Cfme* 
 
 ground and take into their bodies small particles 
 of stone with decayed leaves and roots, and ris- 
 ing in the night time to the surface, deposit the 
 castings on the top of the ground. There are 
 myriads of them, and their combined action in a 
 warm country sometimes raise to the surface ten 
 and a half tons of such castings upon each acre 
 in a year. Their action too opened up the soil to 
 the air and moisture, and enabled plants to grow 
 in the ground. To these creatures low down in 
 the scale of life, man has thus become greatly in- 
 debted for the preparation of the soil to enable 
 him to subsist in the world. 
 
 The present outside crust of the world is com- 
 posed of fossilized and sedimentary rocks to the 
 thickness of some 100,000 feet above the massive 
 granite interior, and was built strata upon strata, 
 layer on layer, in leaves, making a book that may 
 be opened and read, as it were. Some of the 
 strata were built up in the bottom of a quiet salt 
 sea; others were formed in open air above the 
 water, and still others in fresh water lakes. Each 
 separate strata contains remains of life that ex- 
 isted at the time it was formed, and, while but 
 few of the many forms of life are preserved en- 
 tire, sufficient appears to show the kind of life 
 which then existed, and what was going on in the 
 evolution of the world. It must have taken a long 
 time to form these different strata, how long 
 may not be ascertained, but it could not have 
 been made at once by any fiat; it was built up 
 gradually. 
 
 II 
 
JUDDU0 Of 
 
 At one time in its nebular career the earth was 
 shot off from the parent mass, probably the sun, 
 in a cyclonic, funnel-shaped cloud generated by 
 excess of heat and projected through the enor- 
 mous gaseous envelope that surrounds the sun, 
 and extends some 400,000 miles above the latter's 
 surface. It was a whirling, glowing body, a 
 planet seed, an egg potentially containing within 
 itself the elementary forces and substances neces- 
 sary and potential for its development. 
 
 The sun rotates on its axis once every twenty- 
 five and one-third days, and the speed at the 
 outer edge of its enormous envelope is some 8,000 
 miles a minute. The planet seed borne upward in 
 this mass here received the impetus that caused it 
 to revolve around the sun, and the cyclonic 
 agency that was the primal cause of its separation 
 resulted in a rotary motion on an axis, so that 
 when finally it was shot off beyond the envelope 
 it had acquired two motions. It was thrown off 
 to that point where the centrifugal and centri- 
 petal forces oppose and balance each other and 
 took its place in the solar system. The other 
 planets were probably formed in the same man- 
 ner. 
 
 In its passage through space and contact with 
 cold, the earth hardened and solidified on its 
 outer surface, and as the crust increased in 
 thickness it shrank and became wrinkled into 
 folds with elevations and depressions of surface. 
 
 The rock first crystallized by the cooling of 
 the fluid mass was granite, born of fire. This 
 
 12 
 
prehistoric Cimes 
 
 stone has been called Plutonic because igneous, 
 related to Pluto; Azoic because devoid of life; 
 massive because not stratified. It is the most 
 abundant rock, and is of great thickness, lying 
 next the molten mass of the earth's interior. It 
 is from this species of rock that all other forma- 
 tions found in the earth's structure have been 
 evolved and developed. 
 
 The giant rocks are the bones of the earth, the 
 landmarks and records the past, and it is their 
 unconformity, together with the changes of fossil 
 forms contained in them, that have enabled geol- 
 ogists to divide earth's history into eras and 
 ages. There are five such eras, each having its 
 own distinguishing system of rock formation: 
 Eozoic, Palaeozoic, Mesozoic, Cenozoic and 
 Psychozoic. 
 
 ARCHEAN PERIOD. 
 
 This period comprises the Azoic age ere yet 
 the lowest forms of life appeared on the earth, 
 and the Eozoic age, the dawn of life, and is the 
 oldest period of geological time. During this 
 time was formed the massive granite rocks lying 
 beneath the most ancient fossil-bearing, stratified 
 formations in the world's structure. 
 
 As the earth acquired form, there was pro- 
 duced by the chemical action of the elements con- 
 tained in the fiery mass, an atmosphere. When 
 first formed the air was loaded with gases con- 
 taining the vapor of every element which is vola- 
 tile at a high temperature. Metals, sulphur, 
 
 13 
 
RiDQIe* of 
 
 chlorine, carbon, and other elements mixed with 
 the watery vapor made a dense, dark, smoky 
 atmosphere. 
 
 In the beginning the atmosphere contained ele- 
 ments of destruction not in the air to-day. Our 
 air causes organic matter to decay ; the primeval 
 air caused inorganic matter to rot. In the air 
 now there are about three parts of Carbonic acid 
 gas in ten thousand parts of air ; in the Archean 
 time the proportion of carbonic acid gas was 
 multiplied many, many times. Mayhap at this 
 time darkness was in truth upon the face of the 
 earth, the surrounding atmosphere being a 
 smoky veil through which light could not pene- 
 trate. 
 
 The rocks of this period are not stratified, 
 which is conclusive proof that the Archaean area, 
 extending over Canada and from New England 
 to Georgia, and forming the axes of many of the 
 great western mountain ranges, was submerged 
 at that time. They are of enormous thickness, 
 and the time represented by their formation can- 
 not be approximated with any accuracy, though 
 it is equal, probably, to all the rest of recorded 
 history. 
 
 Before the close of the Archaean period, in the 
 Eozoic era, we find evidences of vegetable life, 
 and it is probable that the lowest forms of ani- 
 mal life existed. 
 
 PALAEOZOIC ERA. 
 
 THe greatest unconformity in the stratified 
 14 
 
Cimes 
 
 rock series occurs between the Archaean and 
 Palaeozoic eras. The time intervening between 
 these eras, and which is entirely lost to us, must 
 have been a period of active progression, for 
 with the opening of the Palaeozoic era we dis- 
 cover a flora and fauna far removed from and 
 more highly organized than those of Archaean 
 times. 
 
 The strata of the Palaeozoic era embraces 
 three systems: I, the Silurian, first studied in 
 Wales and called the age of Molluscs or Inver- 
 tebrates; 2, the Devonian system, best studied in 
 Devonshire and called the age of Fishes; 3, the 
 Carboniferous or coal-bearing system, which is 
 the age of Acrogen Plants and Amphibian Ani- 
 mals. 
 
 SILURIAN SYSTEM AGE OF INVERTE- 
 BRATES. 
 
 The only plants found in the Silurian system 
 are of the lowest order, but animals are more 
 numerous. Among the latter are Corals and a 
 specie of Hydroza ; the Chambered Nautilus, en- 
 deared to us by poet's song, was very abundant, 
 also worms. But most abundant were the Crus- 
 tacea. 
 
 DEVONIAN SYSTEM AGE OF FISHES. 
 
 Atmospheric conditions being more favorable, 
 there is a considerable increase, both in number 
 and kind, of land plants, and insects first appear. 
 The Crustacea decrease in number, and diminish 
 
 15 
 
Of 
 
 in size, and strange Devonian fishes swarm in 
 the waters. 
 
 CARBONIFEROUS SYSTEM AGE OF 
 ACROGENS AND AMPHIBIANS. 
 
 In this age was accumulated nearly all the coal 
 discovered and used by man ages after. There 
 is a great abundance of flora of the conifer and 
 fern varieties, plants of the first order being 
 allied to the yew. Ferns, however, were most 
 abundant, appearing, to untrained eyes, more 
 like cacti than anything else. 
 
 These coal formations may be regarded as 
 doubly utilitarian; not only are they to be con- 
 sidered as an accumulation of fuel for future 
 generations and an aid to commercial inter- 
 course and manufacturing enterprise, but as an 
 efficacious aid in preparing the earth for the use 
 of man. The vast amount of carbon requisite 
 for the formation of our extensive coal meas- 
 ures was extracted from the murky, gaseous air, 
 purifying it. 
 
 Insects are more abundant, there being an in- 
 creased vegetation, and the horseshoe crab, a 
 higher type of Crustacea, appears. Fishes re- 
 main, not so numerous as in the Devonian, and 
 air-breathing vertebrates creep upon the earth. 
 These vertebrates were amphibians, gill-breath- 
 ing and lung-breathing, and represent a higher 
 form in evolution than the fish. These animals 
 were not small and soft-skinned as in our frog, 
 
 16 
 
Cimes 
 
 but large and covered with scalelike plates, their 
 heritage from their piscatory progenitors. 
 
 The period of unconformity or transition be- 
 tween the Palaeozoic and the succeeding era has 
 been called the Permian period, because the 
 rocks were first studied in Russia, in the ancient 
 kingdom of Permia. The remains are neither 
 abundant nor diversified. In this period were 
 formed the gypsum and salt deposits, which are 
 among the most important elements in the econ- 
 omy of the life which was to appear on the earth 
 subsequently. Salt with its chemical action is an 
 important agent, exciting nervous energy; gyp- 
 sum, too, is an important element in the building 
 up and the preservation of animal life. 
 
 A principal constituent of gypsum is a mineral 
 substance called Apatite, which gives strength 
 and vigor to the plants. It is dissoluble in acids ; 
 in the minute rootlets of plants an acid is se- 
 creted which dissolves the Apatite in the soil so 
 that it may be absorbed by capillary action. 
 When the plant containing Apatite is consumed 
 by men or animals it provides material to give 
 strength and vigor to the frame and to form tis- 
 sue. No vertebrate animal can exist without a 
 supply of it ; it has an important function in the 
 nutrition of nerve substance. Of the mineral 
 part of the body structure, 75 per cent is apa- 
 tite, and in the brain, which is the center of 
 nervous activity, apatite is a principal substance. 
 
 It has a crystallization of its own, and it is 
 found in gypsum, lime stone, sand and other sub- 
 
 17 
 
of 
 
 stances. It gives plants the stability to maintain 
 an erect position, and it furnishes to straw, grass 
 and other plants the glassy shell around it, and to 
 animals the enamel of the teeth. The function 
 of the soil to supply proper and life-giving food 
 for animals depends in large part upon the quan- 
 tity of apatite contained in it. If it is not re- 
 placed as it becomes exhausted, and the plants 
 become weak, puny and degenerate, likewise the 
 men and animals. With an abundant supply of 
 this material in the soil, men and nations have 
 become strong, vigorous, energetic and able to 
 attain a high degree of civilization. The times 
 when these elements were deposited in the 
 earth's structure and placed in position to be 
 available for the use of plant life was an im- 
 portant one for man. The diminution of apatite 
 may have been the cause of the decay and death 
 of many of the nations which have passed away 
 in the bygone ages, of which there may be found 
 so many evidences in all parts of the world. 
 
 MESOZOIC ERA AGE OF REPTILES. 
 
 But a little way back, in times that in our ig- 
 norance we have termed ancient, unlettered men 
 would crowd about the traveler and give cre- 
 dence to his tales of fiery, flying serpents; and 
 some believed and others mocked, but many 
 would have stoned him for firing the brain of 
 youth with his chimerical fancies, leading them 
 from the plough and the pruning hook to the 
 
 18 
 
THE MESOZU1C AGE FOR PREHISTORIC MAN. 
 
 \Riddles of Prehistoric Times. p. 18) 
 
12>rciri0torir Ctme0 
 
 uncertainties and storms on sea and dangers in 
 hostile lands. 
 
 And now we know that the traveler who stood 
 idle in the market place on fair days and holi- 
 days, waiting glad weather or a belated brig, was 
 but weaving the warp of imagination in the woof 
 of fact. Perchance in his wanderings over burn- 
 ing deserts, beyond the seas and across the 
 mountains, he had alighted on some gigantic 
 footprint or rude flint work! 
 
 For in the Mesozoic era huge reptiles swam 
 in the waters and crawled upon the land, rep- 
 tiles that would have put to shame the dragon of 
 the fairy tale. 
 
 This era is divided into three periods: I, The 
 Triassic; 2, the Jurassic, splendidly developed in 
 the Jura Mountains ; 3, the Cretacious, noted for 
 chalk accretions. 
 
 In the Triassic period the corals develop still 
 higher forms, and the reptiles are allied to mam- 
 mals. 
 
 In the Jurassic we find more coal; the crus- 
 tacea and the insects rise in the scale of develop- 
 ment. Here the reptiles culminate and may be 
 divided into three great classes: I, Marine 
 Saurians; 2, Land Saurians; 3, Winged Sau-ri- 
 ans. 
 
 The marine saurians were monsters thirty to 
 forty feet long whose limbs were suitable for 
 swimming. 
 
 The land saurians were Brobdingnagian crea- 
 tures, the largest that have ever walked the 
 
 19 
 
Of 
 
 earth. Many had powerful hind legs, on which 
 they walked bird-like, balancing itself by its 
 massive tail. The forelegs were, in many in- 
 stances, short. 
 
 The winged saurians were distinguished by 
 diverse characteristics, being allied, in some re- 
 spects, to the reptile, in others to the bat, and 
 in still others to the bird. 
 
 The earliest known bird, the Archaeopteryx 
 by name, possessed many reptilian characteris- 
 tics. 
 
 Such mammals as were found in this period 
 were not true mammals, but marsupials, exempli- 
 fied to-day by the kangaroo and the opossum. 
 
 In the Cretacious period hard-wood trees are 
 introduced, and our oaks and maples, our hick- 
 ories and beeches were classified. The toothsome 
 oyster appears, and the fishes become more like 
 their descendants of to-day. The reptiles and 
 the birds are of incredible size. 
 
 CENOZOIC ERA AGE OF MAMMALS. 
 
 This era has been divided into two periods, the 
 Tertiary and the Quaternary. 
 
 Among the flora of the Tertiary the same 
 genera grew farther north than now, indicating 
 a warmer temperature. The Arctic waters were 
 warm and swarming with life and in the now 
 snow-covered Greenland the vegetation was sim- 
 ilar to that indigenous to Florida to-day. 
 
 Gradually the temperature grew colder, until 
 there came a time when the summer sun failed 
 
 20 
 
Cfmeg 
 
 to melt the winter snow, and ice which accumu- 
 lated from year to year so as to cover the face 
 of each hemisphere far down toward the equator. 
 There appear to have been warm and genial 
 periods interspersed between these cold periods. 
 
 Oysters were thirteen inches long, eight inches 
 wide and six inches thick, and, flowering plants 
 being abundant, insects are flying about, seeking 
 honey or what may have served as honey, then 
 as now. The sharks ruled the sea, some of them 
 being sixty feet long. Reptiles no longer pre- 
 dominate ; the reptilian birds disappear and the 
 typical existing genera are found. 
 
 But this is the age of mammals. Great herds 
 of mammoths and mastodons, giant horses and 
 oxen roamed over the land. 
 
 The Quaternary period is especially interesting 
 to us, for then it was that man first appeared ; 
 and a weak, undeveloped creature he was, un- 
 able to subdue the massive, forceful beasts that 
 invaded the very caves where he sought shelter 
 and safety. 
 
 In this period there were great changes in cli- 
 mate and in species; great upheavals of the 
 earth's crust took place, and the land was ice- 
 bound almost to the shores of the Gulf of Mex- 
 ico. 
 
 PSYCHOZOIC ERA AGE OF MAN. 
 
 The echoing cave, rough-hewn by erosion, 
 was the shrine, to keep which inviolate man 
 braved the savage tusks of the mammoth and 
 
 21 
 
EUDDle* of 
 
 the cruel, wide-branching antlers of the rein- 
 deer. His only weapons were crude stone im- 
 plements, chipped at first, but, as the lust for 
 battle grew strong within him and the chase sup- 
 plied him with provisions, he regarded his 
 weapons with a feeling akin to veneration, and 
 his leisure time was spent in polishing them. 
 After the gormandizing that succeeded the cap- 
 ture and killing, primitive man would indulge 
 in a prolonged siesta much after the habit of his 
 animal foes. Awaking, he would fashion new 
 implements for another day, chanting the while, 
 mayhap, many a rude epic. Perchance the prim- 
 itive children listened as he sang and scarce 
 could bide the time till they, too, should excel 
 in prowess! 
 
 By the opening of the Psychozoic era man 
 had so far advanced in the social scales as to 
 hold periodic tribal gatherings; he has already 
 perceived that in union is strength. He has do- 
 mesticated animals, and his implements are 
 highly polished. He has forsaken his solitary 
 cave for the communal mounds and cliffs and 
 the lake buildings, and has laid by his old stone 
 battle axe for one of shining bronze. 
 
prehistoric 
 
 CHAPTER II. 
 
 GLACIAL PERIODS. 
 
 In the strata of the earth there appear evi- 
 dences that at various times in the earth's his- 
 tory there have been succeeding periods of ex- 
 treme cold and heat. These strata show that 
 many times there were formations in the earth's 
 structure which had been laid under the surface 
 of the sea and interspersed between such strata 
 are beds which were formed above the water. 
 It has been the subject of speculation in the 
 minds of scientific men as to what caused the 
 rising and falling of the water. How did it 
 come about that the fossilized rock, formed un- 
 der the sea, and the immense coal beds and land 
 formations above the water were made? The 
 strata showing vegetable remains were made 
 when the land was above water, the coal being 
 formed in a warm, moist atmosphere in a marsh 
 or swamp. 
 
 The theory which is obtaining most credence 
 was advanced by James Croll of the Royal 
 Scotch Geological Society. His explanation is 
 at once simple and complete, partly geological 
 and partly astronomical; it is, in short, that the 
 
 23 
 
Hi D Dies of 
 
 heat of the sun is in proportion to its distance 
 from the earth. 
 
 In Croll's work on Climate and Time in their 
 geological relations, he claims that the orbit of 
 the earth around the sun is not round but ellipti- 
 cal, that the ellipse of the earth's revolutions is 
 constantly changing, eccentricity of the earth's 
 orbit being the change of length of the orbit as it 
 revolves around the sun. When the earth thus 
 in its revolution gets a long distance from the 
 sun less heat is given to the earth, and it be- 
 comes colder. The elongations are produced by 
 the attractive force of other celestial bodies, as 
 the earth approached them in their journeyings 
 through the skies. Jupiter, being the largest of 
 the planets, had the most attractive force to pull 
 the earth into an elongated orbit. He has cal- 
 culated the difference of eccentricity for one 
 million of years in the past and for the 
 same length of time in the future. The eccen- 
 tricity is now some 3,000,000 miles; fifty thou- 
 sand years ago it was but 2,250,000 miles; one 
 hundred thousand years ago the ellipse was 
 elongated to 8,500,000 miles. 
 
 Two hundred thousand years ago it was 10,- 
 250,000 miles ; two hundred and fifty thousand 
 years ago it was 8,000,000 miles; four hundred 
 thousand years ago it was about the same as 
 now. Seven hundred and fifty thousand years 
 ago it was 7,500,000 miles ; eight hundred and 
 fifty thousand years ago it was 13,500,000 miles; 
 and a million years ago it was 2,750,000 miles. 
 
 24 
 
Prehistoric Cfmes 
 
 At times of the greater eccentricity there were 
 long, cold winters in one hemisphere and short, 
 hot summers. This would cause a glacial period 
 in that hemisphere. 
 
 Mr. Croll thus accounts for glacial periods and 
 changes in the level of the waters which are re- 
 corded in the rock strata of the earth. His cal- 
 culations lead him to conclude that the climate 
 on the earth will not vary in the next 150,000 
 years to any great extent. 
 
 It was at the time of the greater eccentricity 
 of the earth's orbit when the glacial periods took 
 place. At these times the ice and snow at one 
 pole were piled up probably several miles high; 
 in the northern hemisphere an arctic climate ex- 
 tended south probably to thirty degrees north 
 latitude. This immense cap of ice and its weight 
 shifted the center of gravity of the earth, and 
 caused the water in the oceans to flow north- 
 ward, covering the land in the northern hemis- 
 phere which before had been above water, so 
 that instead of a subsidence of the land to permit 
 the formation of stratified layers, it was the ris- 
 ing of the water over the land which caused the 
 effect, it being evident that at each glacial period 
 the raising of the waters followed close upon the 
 formation of the ice. 
 
 Each layer of stratified rock is probably the 
 result of an ice period which has taken place in 
 each twenty thousand years of the world's ca- 
 reer. About ten such periods back, 210,000 
 years, was one of the maximum periods of ec- 
 
of 
 
 centricity. It was a time of the great summer 
 in the northern hemisphere, when the southern 
 hemisphere was experiencing a severely cold cli- 
 mate. Over the latter, almost to the tropics, was 
 a vast sheet of ice and snow. It reached far into 
 Brazil; it covered southern Africa and lapped 
 over India and into Australia. 
 
 The marks, scored into the solid stone, show 
 how far it pushed north. In Patagonia the 
 marks are away from the sea toward the north, 
 up the mountains. There was then much more 
 land above the water in the Northern Hemis- 
 phere. When five thousand years passed there 
 was a great thaw in the southern hemisphere, 
 and the waters returned to the northern seas. 
 Lands became submerged which had been above 
 water. Ice began to form near the Arctic Pole, 
 and after a time the land and water became 
 equalized in the two hemispheres and the climate 
 substantially the same in both. When some five 
 thousand years more passed, there came a period 
 of the greatest cold in the northern hemisphere. 
 The winters became twenty-eight days longer 
 than the summers. The earth was 10,500,000 
 miles farther from the sun in winter than in 
 summer, and the temperature probably attained 
 a mean of 60 degrees below zero, carrying the 
 present temperature of Greenland as far south 
 as the Gulf of Mexico. 
 
 When one hemisphere has a glacial period the 
 other has a much milder climate. Owing to the 
 precession of the equinoxes, the condition of 
 
 26 
 
Prehistoric Cime$ 
 
 things in the two hemispheres are reversed in 
 about 10,600 years. 
 
 An extreme condition of cold came to the 
 southern hemisphere about 700 years ago. In 
 about 9,900 years from now the northern hemis- 
 phere will be in the midst of a cold period, when 
 the winter will be long and the summer short 
 and hot. 
 
 The center of gravity of the earth is the cen- 
 ter of the globe. Excess of weight of land or 
 ice on one part must perforce be compensated in 
 some way on the other. We find that there are 
 some 44,000,000 square miles of land in the 
 northern hemisphere, while in the southern 
 hemisphere there are but 16,000,000 square 
 miles. Humboldt has estimated that if the 
 mountains in Asia were leveled the uniform 
 height of land in Asia would be about 1,150 feet 
 above the sea ; in Europe it would be 670 feet ; in 
 North America 750 feet. The average would be 
 about 920 feet above the sea level. In the 
 Northern Hemisphere there is an excess of some 
 28,000,000 square miles of land, which has to 
 be balanced by some corresponding weight in the 
 southern hemisphere. 
 
 Around the Antarctic pole there are some 
 8,000,000 square miles of ice. On every side of 
 it mountains of ice thousands of feet high block 
 the approach to the pole. If there was ice to the 
 height of 2^ miles piled over that space, it 
 would compensate in weight the excess of ele- 
 vated land in the Northern Hemisphere. It has 
 
 27 
 
Kin Dies of 
 
 been estimated that the melting of ice one mile 
 in thickness at the southern pole would be to 
 raise the sea level in the northern hemisphere at 
 50 degrees north latitude 280 feet. If 2.^/2 miles 
 of ice and snow now existing about the Antarctic 
 pole were melted and an equal quantity of ice 
 and snow were formed about the Arctic pole, it 
 would have the effect of raising the sea level at 
 50 degrees north latitude about 500 feet. So 
 that in about 10,000 years from now, the Polar 
 conditions about the Arctic and Antarctic poles 
 will be reversed and land at some 50 degrees 
 North Latitude, less than 400 feet above the sea 
 level will be submerged. 
 
 The southern seas will be drained to the 
 north, by the shifting of the center of gravity of 
 the earth. New lands enriched with the sedi- 
 ment of the sea for a hundred centuries will 
 rise out of the waters in the southern seas, and 
 old islands now submerged will once again ap- 
 pear above the surface of the water. The 
 northern hemisphere will again be covered by 
 the sea, as has often been the case in the past, 
 and new strata will be formed. 
 
 At the time of the glacial period in the 
 northern hemisphere, some 11,200 years ago, the 
 inhabitants were driven southward or destroyed 
 by the flood of waters. The barrow people of 
 Northern Europe and the mound builders of 
 America were probably so driven from the coun- 
 tries inhabited by them and exterminated. The 
 waters of the great deep breaking up out of the 
 
 28 
 
Cime0 
 
 Around have been described in the legend of the 
 flood as recorded in the Bible. 
 
 DRIFT. 
 
 There are found in many parts of the world, 
 above the deposits of stratified rock, boulder 
 clay, sand and gravel rocks which have no re- 
 lation to the native stone, and which have been 
 carried there evidently by some powerful agency. 
 These deposits have been called drift, and this 
 drift varies in thickness. 
 
 In places, there has been found boulder clay 
 loo feet thick ; in some places, on top of this are 
 clays and sand containing fossils of varying 
 thickness up to 50 feet, and sometimes contain- 
 ing the remains of buried forests ; on the top of 
 this, hard pan of glacial clay up to 90 feet deep ; 
 then black clay with fragments of wood some 
 15 feet thick; then gravel, sand and till or hard 
 pan, and above all the surface soil. 
 
 These indicate that at various times the land 
 was covered : First, by an ice sea that deposited 
 
 flacial clay and gravel as it melted; second, the 
 Donation of a fresh water lake; third, a long 
 period during which the climate was warm and 
 dense forests grew; fourth, another glacial 
 period; and, fifth, another subsidence under the 
 sea. 
 
 It has been suggested that the cause of the 
 glacial periods in the Tertiary was an elevation 
 of land in the northern parts of the bed of the 
 Atlantic and Pacific oceans which made a dam or 
 
 29 
 
Biddies of 
 
 wall to prevent the flow of the warm currents 
 from the Equatorial regions toward the poles. 
 This kept the equatorial waters very hot, caus- 
 ing evaporation, which, when it came toward the 
 poles, condensed into rain, snow and ice, making 
 an ice cap at the pole. 
 
 That these elevations were such that it made 
 a bridge of land for passage of man and ani- 
 mals between Asia and Alaska, and from Nor- 
 way to Iceland, the Orkneys and Greenland is 
 hardly probable, for if the Atlantic plateau was 
 elevated above water such a bridge must be 
 farther south. If there existed such a bridge 
 from Portugal to the Madeira Islands or from 
 Africa to the Canary Islands, thence over to the 
 West Indies, it would be a means of accounting 
 for many similarities in life and culture we find 
 to have existed in prehistoric times on both sides 
 of the oceans. 
 
 There appears to have been a gradual lower- 
 ing of temperature at the end of the Tertiary 
 period, and this change of temperature affected 
 the higher latitudes of the old and new world. 
 It reached such a degree of cold that the whole 
 of the North of Europe as far south as Saxony 
 and North America south nearly to the Gulf of 
 Mexico were icebound. 
 
 Considerable local differences may be observed 
 in the nature and succession of the several de- 
 posits of the glacial period as they are traced 
 from district to district. It is hardly possible to 
 determine in some cases whether certain portions 
 
 30 
 
Prefri0tonc Cime$ 
 
 of the deposits are coeval or belong to different 
 epochs. 
 
 Sometimes the climate became so cold that 
 the conditions of Modern Northern Greenland 
 extended as far south as the southern part of 
 England and Ireland, and across Central Eu- 
 rope as far south as Spain and Italy, and nearly 
 to the Gulf of Mexico in North America, and to 
 India in Asia. Then followed a considerable 
 depression of the land and the spread of cold 
 Arctic water over the submerged parts of the 
 land with abundant floating ice containing bould- 
 ers, etc. 
 
 Gradually the temperature in the Northern 
 Hemisphere increased, the ice melted away, and 
 there came a return of the milder climate. As 
 the ice floated south, its path may be traced in 
 the markings it left on the face of the stone in 
 place. The ice sheet was so thick that it made 
 its way across the hills and valleys as if there 
 was no depressions. 
 
 The ice left immense deposits of boulder clay 
 or till on the surface of the ground as the ice 
 melted. This deposit is not uniform, but varies 
 greatly in thickness. The boulders in many cases 
 have been transported long distances, always 
 from the North toward the South ; some of these 
 boulders have been polished on the flat side, 
 manifestly produced by friction when being 
 pushed along by the ice. This deposit is not 
 uniform. Beds of sand, gravel, fine clay oc- 
 cur in different platforms of the beds, and some- 
 
 31 
 
of 
 
 times with strata of surface soils, as if between 
 the glacial periods there had been warm inter- 
 vals. 
 
 The granite boulders vary in size from gravel 
 up to immense blocks. They do not appear to 
 have the rounded appearance, which they would 
 if rolled along by the action of a flood of water ; 
 some of them have rubbed surfaces as if they 
 had been held fast and forced over some hard 
 surface, as if they had been frozen in place and 
 dragged over the hard ground. The boulder 
 clay contains no fossils. 
 
 The origin of this material has been a puzzle 
 to geologists. The most approved theory has 
 been that they were of glacial origin, the ma- 
 terial having been taken up and frozen into a 
 huge mass of ice, and carried from the North 
 toward the equator by floating ice. 
 
 The drift in California, Brazil, Australia and 
 in the Ural Mountains sometimes contains gold, 
 platinum and jewels of various kinds, diamonds 
 and the like; sometimes tin and copper ore is 
 found in the drift. The absence of marine fos- 
 sils forbids the conclusion it was formed under 
 the sea. 
 
 There have been found in many different 
 places in Siberia, and in Alaska the bodies of 
 the hairy mammoth and other animals imbedded 
 in ice, frozen intact just as they were in life, as 
 if they had been suddenly congealed. There was 
 no lapse of time between their death and the 
 freezing, else purification and decomposition 
 
 32 
 
Prein r 0toric Cimes 
 
 would have affected them. Even the stomachs 
 have been found to contain the undigested food 
 they had eaten. Some of them have been found 
 erect, standing as they stood in life. They seem 
 to have perished suddenly, turned to ice at the 
 time of death, with hair, flesh and skin intact. 
 
 The stratified Drift of Alabama and Missis- 
 sippi varies from a few feet to a depth of 200 
 feet. It forms the body of most of the hills. 
 The materials are pebbles, clays and sands of 
 various colors, from white to deep red tinged 
 with peroxide of iron, which sometimes cements 
 the pebbles and sand into compact rocks. The 
 fossils are few in some cases, probably derived 
 from the underlying formations. Well worn 
 pebbles are found in the stratified drift. Clays, 
 gravel and sand containing cypress stumps, drift 
 wood and mastodon bones are characteristic. 
 
 About three-fourths of Ohio is covered with 
 a drift deposit to a depth of 300 feet, the aver- 
 age in the northwestern part of the state not be- 
 ing less than 50 feet and in the center of the 
 state not less than 25 feet. It filled the valleys 
 of the earlier drainage system, in many cases 
 obliterating all traces of their existence. The till 
 is filled with boulders ; sometimes blocks are 
 present showing 200 feet above the old surface 
 ground. Stratified drift occurs over an immense 
 area of Brazil, over the whole of the provinces 
 of the Rio, in the northeastern coast provinces 
 and in the valley of the Amazon, westward to 
 the confines of Peru. Not only on the hills, but 
 
 33 
 
of 
 
 in the lower valleys, deposits of immense boul- 
 ders of trap and gneiss, evidently the morraines 
 of former glaciers were first described by Prof. 
 Agassiz. 
 
 In India there are evidences of the action of 
 a glacial period. At the time of the drift the 
 animals which belonged to a warm climate such 
 as the mammoth, the elephant, the rhinoceros, 
 the hippopotamus and the cave bear, ended their 
 careers in the northerly temperate zones in both 
 the old and the new hemispheres. 
 
 There seems to have been no merging of 
 plants, animals or men between the time before 
 the drift and that following it. There was more 
 likelihood that because of their superior intelli- 
 gence, some of the people should have escaped 
 and survived the drift period. 
 
 The North American and European animals 
 of this period are nearly alike. The remains of 
 huge elephant-like creatures have been found in 
 Siberia and Alaska, near Newburg, N. Y., in 
 Warren County, New Jersey, in Missouri and 
 Kentucky. There were found in this drift some 
 skulls of men one in the Cave of Engis near 
 Leige, France. It is a fair average skull, and 
 represents a civilized man. In another cave in 
 the Neanderthal, near Hochdole, was found a 
 human skull, which is nearly ape-like. It be- 
 longed to a man not far removed from the brute. 
 The Engis skull was arched with a full frontal 
 brain pan, while the other was flat, almost like 
 
 34 
 
Prehistoric Cimes 
 
 that of a serpent, with projecting bones around 
 the eye cavities. 
 
 After having occupied the caves for a long 
 time, the type of men as suggested by the Nean- 
 derthal skull disappeared, and with him vanished 
 many types of animals with which he was asso- 
 ciated. Above the remains of such cave men in 
 France, Denmark and England, there appears a 
 thick deposit of stalagmite, the remains in some 
 of the caves being 12 feet in thickness. Above 
 this deposit of stalagmite appears cave earth as 
 if it had been washed in under water. Above 
 this appears the remains of animals and of men 
 of an entirely different character to those whose 
 remains are found under the stalagmite. 
 
 At Watzikon, Zurich, a piece of lignite was 
 found containing basket work, together with the 
 remains of the elephant and rhinoceros beneath 
 glacial deposits and over other glacial deposits. 
 
 Near Brandon, England, implements with 
 bones in brick earth were found beneath chalky 
 boulder clay. In New Jersey Prof. C. C. Abbott 
 found rough stone implements under unstratified 
 beds of gravels, clay and boulders. 
 
 At Saint Acheul, France, there have been 
 found flint implements of human manufacture; 
 over this there is a bed, five or six feet thick, of 
 sandy marl, and over this a bed of gravel from 
 one to two feet thick; on top is surface earth 
 five feet thick. Under all this sand and gravel 
 lay the evidences of the handiwork of man. The 
 bones of the wild horse, the mammoth, the wild 
 
 35 
 
Ill D Dies Of 
 
 bull, and rhinoceros were found with it. Trees 
 were found imbedded in the sand and gravel 
 along with the bones of these animals and hu- 
 mans. 
 
 At Rose or Cemetary Hill, Maryland, under 
 about 5 feet of the original surface on top of 
 drift, a stone battle axe weighing 7^2 pounds 
 was found. It measured 8^ inches long, 754 
 inches across the widest edge of the blade, 2^ 
 inches through in the thickest part, and tapers 
 gradually from the blade to the hole ; it is sharp- 
 pointed like the Ancient Celtic stones found in 
 the British Islands. 
 
 In this cave long bones split to extract the mar- 
 row, showing the presence of man, were found. 
 Other Belgium and French caves have yielded 
 similar remains. 
 
 Primitive man contented himself with the 
 products of the ground, the chase and the water, 
 and used overhanging rocks and caves for 
 dwelling places. They were small of stature, 
 something akin to the Esquimaux or the bush- 
 man of South Africa. 
 
 In a cave called Frou de la Nanlette, near 
 Dinant, Belgium, a human jaw bone having 
 
THE PSYCHOZOIC AGE FOR PREHISTORIC MAN. 
 
 ( /i id dies of Preh istoric Times p. j6 ) 
 
c Cimes 
 
 CHAPTER III. 
 
 PRIMITIVE MAN. 
 
 Hunting was the earliest occupation of man. 
 Hunters were a wandering class of men who 
 subsisted on what they could kill. They were 
 brute-like and cruel, and lived in constant war- 
 fare, their only ideas being to procure food for 
 subsistence. When they were successful in pro- 
 curing prey, they feasted and slept ; when they 
 were not, they went hungry. Their condition in 
 life remained stationary. There was little 
 growth or development for the man hunter. He 
 consumed what he could get as fast as he pro- 
 cured it; his life ended as it began. 
 
 The first men were probably small in stature, 
 dark skinned, with dark hair and eyes, with 
 small heads, longer from front to back than 
 across ; low foreheads, with projecting ridges 
 around the eyes; powerful jaws, strong teeth; 
 and with arms and legs adapted to climbing 
 trees. They congregated together for protec- 
 tion. They ate fruits, nuts and the animals 
 which they could kill. They were emotional, 
 mercurial, passionate, brute-like in body and 
 mind, 
 
 37 
 
RiDDIes of 
 
 Gradually men came down from their elevated 
 abodes in the trees, and sought shelter in over- 
 hanging rocks and caves. The record of their 
 lives in the caves is written in the debris which 
 they left on the floors of the caverns. These re- 
 mains have been carefully explored, and it has 
 been thereby ascertained how these people lived, 
 what animals they subsisted on, what tools and 
 implements they had. 
 
 In the beginning men's ideas were few and 
 words limited in number. Probably a few grunts 
 and growls sufficed to express their feelings or 
 desires. As men associated together, communi- 
 cation of ideas became necessary, and they were 
 impelled to articulate speech. 
 
 Social bonds were strengthened by the de- 
 pendence of the young upon the parents for pro- 
 tection. This helplessness excited sympathy and 
 love on the part of the parents and developed 
 the higher attributes of mind, unselfishness and 
 the protecting regard and care for others. Be- 
 coming more sociable, they rose in the scale of 
 intelligence. The experience and wisdom of one 
 generation laid the foundations for a more ex- 
 tended knowledge in those following. Man's 
 brain development is the result of his physical 
 and mental activity. When man first invented 
 an implement he entered upon the highway 
 which led to all his future development. 
 
 Man alone acquired the upright position. He 
 learned to stand upon his feet. This left his 
 hands free to grasp and handle things. By lift- 
 
 38 
 
prehistoric Cime0 
 
 ing things up, he was able to examine and learn 
 something about them, and it gave to him a per- 
 fection of hand, without which he never could 
 have won lordship over the earth. 
 
 His first weapon was probably a broken stick 
 or club. He learned to throw a stone ; he learned 
 the use of fire. Probably his first fire was from 
 the lightning setting fire to a tree. He preserved 
 the fire, and would not permit it to go out. He 
 afterwards learned to make a fire by the friction 
 of two pieces of wood. He learned to use flat 
 stones to separate the skin from the flesh of ani- 
 mals he slaved, and then to fashion and sharpen 
 such scrapers. 
 
 He learned to load his clubs with stone to 
 make a more formidable weapon. Gradually he 
 learned the best manner of fastening the stone 
 end of his club. This club acquired a settled 
 form, and stones were shaped so as to hold the 
 handle. He learned how to use a bow, to throw 
 missiles at enemies or prey; in time he learned 
 to shape arrow heads and spear heads from 
 stone. He learned to think and plan. Each 
 step attained improved his mind and strength- 
 ened his self-dependence. 
 
 There are three conditions that all men have 
 tread in their course from savagery toward civ- 
 ilization. First, hunting, fishing and gathering 
 fruits and nuts; second, domesticating animals 
 and acquiring flocks and herds ; and, third, agri- 
 culture. 
 
 These steps are nothing more or less than im- 
 
 39 
 
Bio Dies of 
 
 proved methods of obtaining food. More and 
 better food meant better men, longer lives and 
 a more numerous people. 
 
 When men first domesticated animals, it must 
 have been in a temperate climate where pastures 
 were good and afforded subsistence for herds 
 and flocks. This led to a wandering life with 
 the herds. It also led to ideas of personal own- 
 ership in his animals, and in slaves, who assisted 
 him in the care of his flocks. It was not neces- 
 sary in this state of existence to practice or de- 
 velop any of the arts of a settled life, particu- 
 larly the building of permanent habitations ; the 
 tent was the shelter. This mode of life gave 
 some leisure in which man could study his sur- 
 roundings and contemplate the skies. The sun 
 and moon were probably the first objects of won- 
 der ; then came the other stellar bodies. To the 
 ancient shepherds we are indebted for the origin 
 of modern astronomy. 
 
 Men began to cultivate the soil, and agricul- 
 ture increased the food supply and gave oppor- 
 tunity to men to use their minds with thoughts 
 of other things. It stimulated them to live to- 
 gether in communities; it led to settled habita- 
 tions and stable conditions. When food and the 
 necessaries of life were brought forth in abun- 
 dant quantities and a surplus rose, it gave men 
 opportunities to cultivate his facilities in other 
 channels. It led to a social intermingling of the 
 people and a desire for comforts and luxuries 
 and the means of gratifying these desires. 
 
Prehistoric Cimes 
 
 Men increased in the communities and civili- 
 zation progressed ; communities grew rich and 
 luxurious. Such seems to have been the course 
 of civilization in all parts of the world. Civiliza- 
 tion shows some remarkable similarities of 
 thought, idea and result, though far removed in 
 point of distance. 
 
 The earliest centers of civilization were prob- 
 ably in genial climates where there was a supply 
 of water and the means of obtaining food by 
 agriculture. As food grew abundant and the 
 mind of man expanded with the influence of a 
 constant supply of necessaries, he progressed in 
 condition and in mind. He increased and multi- 
 plied. He brought new lands into cultivation. 
 He opened up the avenues of communication 
 with other men by land and by water. Towns 
 grew up with all the beneficial influence of ac- 
 cumulated wealth and settled leisure. This pro- 
 duced acquired tastes and desires for luxury, 
 and stimulated the growth and importance of 
 centers of such civilizations. 
 
 When he had begun to acquire the power to 
 reason, and saw the phenomena of life, man 
 wondered how it came about. He saw the re- 
 production of man and animals and plant life. 
 He ascribed it to the sun's influence. 
 
 In all the ancient world conceptions, it ap- 
 pears that the frog represented the creative 
 parts of nature, the egg, the passive, and the ser- 
 pent, the wisdom and the destructive. 
 
 In India, Assyria, Egypt, Greece, with the 
 
 41 
 
of 
 
 Chinese, the Celts, the Mayas, and the Aztecs, a 
 standing stone was the symbol used by phallic 
 worshippers. The obelisks and the round col- 
 umns in Egypt, Central America, and else- 
 where, the May pole around which the peoples 
 in ancient times danced in the springtime festi- 
 vals, were symbols of the same kind; church 
 steeples are probably but an outgrowth of the 
 same symbol. 
 
 From the contemplation of life, sleep, dreams, 
 swoons and death, primitive man realized there 
 was an unseen something which animated ani- 
 mals and men, and that this something was pres- 
 ent during waking hours, but it could depart 
 from the body. 
 
 There arose in his mind an idea that this 
 something was an intangible shape or phantom 
 that could go and come, an animating, separ- 
 able, surviving spirit, without which the body 
 was inert and incapable of motion. When it re- 
 turned life was restored. It was thus that the 
 idea of a soul or spirit grew up in the minds of 
 men and that this animating soul or spirit con- 
 tinued to exist after death, free from the body. 
 
 The notion that the spirit continued to exist 
 after death gave rise to the idea of fairies, elves, 
 goblins, and genie. The belief existed that 
 there were small beings which peopled the 
 woods, who had the power to disappear in the 
 ground. In the moonlight they danced, and they 
 could kill the animals and children of those who 
 offended them. Sometimes they would steal 
 
 42 
 
Cfmc0 
 
 children and leave one of their own instead, 
 which so resembled the stolen child that even the 
 mother would be deceived. This belief was 
 prevalent in all parts of the world among an- 
 cient peoples. 
 
 Disease was ascribed to the possession of the 
 body by demons, causing illness, convulsions, and 
 delirium, in which the patient was animated by 
 some spirit other than his own. The events and 
 accidents of life were accounted for in the same 
 manner as the acts of demons who were believed 
 to pervade the universe. These spirits were con- 
 ceived to be the souls of deceased men, and the 
 worship of such and sacrifices to propitiate and 
 make evilly disposed spirits friendly became a 
 common practice. This grew into fetishism and 
 idolatry; spiritual beings, guardian angels, 
 friendly spirits, the spirits of ancestors were 
 thought to influence the lives of men for good in 
 all the various relations of life. This was the 
 popular belief in Egypt and Arabia. The Amer- 
 ican Indians believed their medicine men could 
 take the shape of birds. 
 
 In Japan it was thought that the sorcerers 
 could transform themselves into badgers. The 
 sorcerers of Honduras could transform men into 
 beasts. In Lapland, it was believed that witches 
 could change themselves into swans, crows, fal- 
 cons, and geese. Among the bushmen in South 
 Africa, the sorcerers were thought to be able to 
 assume the form of jackals and other beasts. In 
 Paraguay the sorcerers claimed they could 
 
 43 
 
HiODIe0 of 
 
 transform men into tigers. In Central Africa a 
 chief could change himself into a lion, kill any 
 one he wanted to be rid of, and then resume his 
 natural shape. 
 
 There was a belief among people in all parts 
 of the world that men were changed temporarily 
 or permanently into wolves and other animals. 
 It usually was to the animal most prominent in 
 that locality where the belief found credence. In 
 Denmark, Sweden, Norway, and Iceland the 
 bear competed with the wolf for prominence ; in 
 Persia and Russia the bear was supreme; in 
 Japan it was the fox; in Antolia and India it 
 was the serpent and the tiger ; in Abyssinia and 
 Borneo the hyena and the lion; in Africa the 
 lion and the alligator; in Western Africa the 
 leopard ; among the Abipones the tiger cat ; and 
 among the Celts the hare. The gods of the An- 
 cient Hindus, Persians, Greeks and Teutons 
 were thought to have the power of transforming 
 themselves into animals and of changing men 
 and women into beasts and fishes. 
 
 The belief in the relationship between men 
 and animals account for and explain many of 
 the myths and superstitions of early man. In all 
 parts of the world there existed in the minds of 
 ancient men a belief in the kinship of men to 
 various animals. It may have taken root in the 
 consideration of the dispositions of men, certain 
 individuals having the disposition and nature of 
 animals. One man would have the disposition 
 and tendencies of a wolf, and he would be called 
 
 44 
 
ime$ 
 
 a wolf; another would have the disposition and 
 character of a fox, or bear, or snake, or any 
 other animal, and would be called after the ani- 
 mal he resembled. His descendant would thus 
 belong to the clan or totem of the animal for 
 which he had been named. It is still the custom 
 among many savage people to give such names 
 for that reason. 
 
 In Australia the natives believe the wild dog 
 has the power of speech. The Breton peasants 
 think birds have a language in their songs, and 
 try to interpret it. The old English and Arabian 
 superstitions about the language of beasts still 
 survive. The idea found expression in the 
 totems of the inhabitants of Northwestern 
 America and in the Pacific Islands. 
 
 The belief that various tribes of men were 
 descended from certain animals led to marriage 
 laws among savage people. No man might 
 marry a woman of the same animal descent. 
 People might not eat the flesh of the animal 
 from which they had descended. These ideas 
 prevailed in Australia, on the west coast of 
 Africa, in America from Alaska to Peru, in Si- 
 beria, in Canada and in India. 
 
 A totem is a material object, usually an animal, 
 which a savage regards with superstitious rever- 
 ence, believing that there exist between it and 
 every member of the clan an intimate and special 
 relation. The representation of the totem was 
 often painted or tattooed upon the body and 
 upon his weapons and clothing. 
 
 45 
 
BiDDle* of 
 
 The totem was an idol, a deity of the tribe or 
 clan. The clan believe themselves descended 
 from the totem and all of them related. The 
 Iroquois Indians of North American believed 
 themselves descended from a turtle; the Choc- 
 taws from the crayfish ; and the Osages from a 
 snail father and a beaver mother. Some of these 
 tribes of Western Australia believe they are de- 
 scended from ducks, some from geese, and some 
 from swans. 
 
 In Senegambia each family is descended from 
 an animal, like the hippopotamus, a scorpion, or 
 some other animal which they regard as kindred. 
 
 Where a vegetable was a totem the savage 
 regards it in the same manner. Among the 
 mountain chains of Formosa each clan keeps its 
 totem tiger or serpent in a cage. Among the 
 snake clan in South Australia, they sometimes 
 make pets of their totem serpent. In a pigeon 
 clan in Samoa, pigeons are carefully kept and 
 fed. Among the Kalong in Java, whose totem 
 is the red dog, each family keeps one of these 
 animals, and they will not permit it to be ill- 
 used by any one. The snake clan of Asia Minor, 
 the Ophiogenes, believe that if they were bitten 
 by a snake, by putting a snake to the wound it 
 would soothe the inflammation and heal the bite. 
 The same claim was made by conjurers in 
 Northern Africa, Sicily, Cyprus and Italy. 
 
 It was thought the totem animal gave omens 
 to the clansmen. If the clan were going to war 
 and the totem animal led or followed them, it 
 
THE CLAN TOTEM OP THE BRITISH COLUMBIA INDIAN. 
 
 (Riddles of Prehistoric Times p. 46) 
 
Prehistoric Cimes 
 
 was an auspicious sign; if it crossed their path, 
 it was a sign that they must turn back. Totem- 
 ism has been found in South America from 
 Patagonia to Columbia and Venezuela. In Si- 
 beria the Yakuts are divided into totem clans. 
 There are traces of it in China and in the Philip- 
 pine Islands. It existed in Egypt with the 
 Semites and the early Greeks and Latins. 
 
 It was but natural that man should ascribe to 
 animals a like soul or spirit which animated him- 
 self, which seemed an explanation for many of 
 the strange and striking phenomena of nature 
 which they could observe. The idea of such a 
 soul or spirit was among his earliest conceptions. 
 He imagined every spring of water, every brook, 
 every glen, the trees, to be peopled with like 
 spirits. 
 
 There was, too, among man's early concep- 
 tions, the idea of evil, unfriendly spirits. The 
 spirits of enemies were looked up as demons and 
 devils, while dead friends became friendly 
 spirits. 
 
 Offers of food to show love and to appease 
 anger was general. All over the world in an- 
 cient sepulchral mounds may be found weapons, 
 tools, and various kinds of utensils buried with 
 the dead. This demonstrates that the survivors 
 believed in an existence of the soul after this 
 life; these things would be useful to the spirit 
 of the departed in some other state of existence. 
 
 There was a belief in the power of second 
 sight. Those gifted with this power were sup- 
 
 47 
 
EUDDle* of 
 
 posed to be able to foretell future happenings. 
 A person with such power was a conjurer, sor- 
 cerer or magician. The power to see spirits was 
 not confined to man, but horses, and dogs, and 
 other animals could see things which could not 
 be seen by all men. The belief that dogs had 
 an instinctive foreknowledge of death was wide- 
 spread, which event would be predicted by the 
 dog howling. 
 
 Among savage peoples any phenomena was 
 considered as a capricious act of some hidden or 
 unknown power capable of doing harm, which 
 spirit was personified in a particularly ferocious 
 animal a tiger, a lion, a great serpent, an ob- 
 ject of fear and dread, which might be concili- 
 ated and propitiated by sacrifices. When men 
 were afraid they would bring food as an offer- 
 ing, that they might obtain immunity and bring 
 themselves blessings by gorging with food the 
 thing feared. In time these offerings were con- 
 veyed to its object through the conjurers, the 
 sorcerers, the wise men, the priests who so much 
 better understood what would pacify the evil 
 power. 
 
 The idea of the beneficial influence of sacrifice 
 was thus early inculcated. Food was set apart 
 for the deceased ancestor when the ancestor had 
 become deified ; and a burnt offering of flesh was 
 supposed to be acceptable to the deified God 
 which men had thus created. Even hu- 
 man sacrifices were offered. Such a concep- 
 tion of a God was the crude idea of a brutal and 
 
 48 
 
Prehistoric Cimeg 
 
 % 
 
 savage man. The altar was generally an ele- 
 vated point from which the God could easily and 
 without interruption get a good smell of the 
 sacrifice. In Genesis mention is made of the 
 erection of many altars, some of which were for 
 incense and some for burnt offerings. 
 
 In the valley of the Mississippi River are to 
 be found many ancient altars, as well as in Mex- 
 ico and in South America, usually in high places. 
 The God was thought to be satisfied with the 
 essence, the savor of it; the party making the 
 offer could consume the substance. Human sac- 
 rifice probably led to cannibalism, which existed 
 among most primitive and savage tribes. 
 
 The house father represented the departed an- 
 cestors, and stood in their place, being respon- 
 sible to the deceased ancestors for his conduct in 
 managing the affairs of the family. A place was 
 made at the family board for the dead house 
 father, and food was provided for him. For any 
 wrongful act in administration the house father 
 was liable to the vengeance of the powerful de- 
 parted ancestor spirits. 
 
 The power of public opinion was a powerful 
 factor in those ancient days, and doubtless ex- 
 ercised a powerful influence over the domestic 
 despot. The house father was not permitted to 
 act according to his own caprice, but had to call 
 a council of the family and relatives. In this re- 
 spect the family was the prototype of the clan. 
 This method is prevalent to-day in India and 
 among the southern Slavonians. A single fam- 
 
 49 
 
HfDDlC0 Of 
 
 ily, including several generations, hold all things 
 in common, food, worship, and estate being un- 
 der the control of the house father. This repre- 
 sents the primitive socialistic institution. The 
 domain of the family was held, cultivated, and 
 the produce was owned in common ; there were 
 meals in common and a common wealth. Indi- 
 vidual rights were unknown. As time passed 
 the house father expanded into the head of the 
 clan, the sheik, the chief of the tribe, the ruler 
 of the nation, by the simple process of evolution. 
 
 Instances of the growth of this system may be 
 found in Egyptian and Peruvian governments. 
 With the Aztecs, the dominion of the Monte- 
 zuma was not absolute; the lands of the Mon- 
 arch and the Church were cultivated by the peo- 
 ple as a whole. The remaining lands were di- 
 vided at stated periods among the heads of the 
 families. A part of all produce went into the 
 public storehouse under the control of the mon- 
 arch. Among the Creek Indians in the southern 
 part of the United States the cultivated lands 
 were the property of all the people, divided into 
 separate lots and apportioned to the separate 
 families, but a portion of all agricultural produce 
 and the spoils of the hunter was placed in the 
 public storehouse for the use of all the people 
 when necessary. These public stores were under 
 the control of the Mico Sachem or Chief of the 
 tribe; the Mico was invested also with spiritual 
 authority. 
 
 The members of each tribe viewed themselves 
 
 50 
 
Cfmes 
 
 as kindred descended from a common ancestor. 
 When it became necessary to choose a leader in 
 war, the choice naturally fell upon those deemed 
 to have an hereditary claim to authority, but it 
 was election by all the heads of households. 
 
 The Irish sept and the Highland clan have 
 the same rules. The modern city of Calcutta in 
 India is but an aggregation of separate villages 
 or clans. The fine, sept, or clan bore the name 
 of some ancient ancestor. Traces of this system 
 may be found in France and in Germany, as well 
 as in England. 
 
 In ancient times people seem to have practiced 
 cannibalism; probably in the first place this was 
 the consequence of famine. It also may have re- 
 sulted from the idea that in some magical man- 
 ner the strength, the bravery, the energy of the 
 slain enemy would be assimilated if used as food. 
 
 Then, again, the practice may have grown out 
 of the offering of human sacrifice. The gods 
 were pleased with the essence, the odor of the 
 burnt sacrifices, while the devotees partook of 
 the substances, ate the flesh and drank the blood 
 of the victim. 
 
 As men emerged from savagery they appre- 
 ciated the horror of the practice, and discontin- 
 ued it, and it gradually died out as men became 
 civilized. 
 
 Away back in early times, probably on As- 
 gard, or Atlantis, some man, gazing at night at 
 the starry heavens, wondered if there was any 
 order in the wanderings of the high orbs of 
 
 SI 
 
of 
 
 light hung in the sky and determined to watch 
 and investigate. He was the first astronomer. 
 The sun and moon undoubtedly became the first 
 objects demanding his attention. 
 
 Among all the ancient nations, Chaldeans, 
 Persians, Hindus, Chinese and Egyptians, we 
 find the seven days of the week were in uni- 
 versal use, and, what is more wonderful, we 
 find that each of the nations named the days of 
 the week after the seven known planets, num- 
 bering the sun and moon among the planets. It 
 is found, too, that the order is not based on the 
 distance or brilliancy, nor does the first day of 
 the week coincide among the different nations, 
 but the order they follow each other is invariably 
 the same in all. This indicates that the planets 
 were discovered and the seven days of the week 
 were named by some ancient primitive people. 
 
 The return of spring and the revivification of 
 the world was a time of gladness and delight. 
 To be able to anticipate it from astronomical re- 
 searches was an object of earnest investigation. 
 It was found that the entrance of the sun into 
 the equinox, reducing to equality the length of 
 the day and night, always heralded the coming 
 of spring. Hence to watch the equinoctial point 
 among the fixed stars and to note the place of 
 some brilliant star in the early morning dawn, 
 that should announce the approach of the sun to 
 the equator and was early accomplished with all 
 possible accuracy. 
 
 These astronomers left no written record, 
 
 52 
 
prehistoric Cime0 
 
 tablet, or other record of their observations and 
 discoveries. There is an occasional notice of 
 phenomenal astronomical occurrences among the 
 Greek and Roman poets. 
 
 The people of India have a strictly elemental 
 heaven or sky, which they worship as divine, 
 as well as their God, Dyaus Varuna. The Zeus 
 of the Greeks, the Jupiter of the Romans, the 
 Zio or Tyr of the German, Tew of the Chinese, 
 and Thor of the Norsemen bear traces of the 
 same origin. 
 
 In those primitive ages the heavenly bodies 
 were regarded with feelings little less than we 
 now bestow upon the Creator as we conceive 
 him. The sun, especially as Lord of Life and 
 Light, was regarded with a feeling of adora- 
 tion. 
 
 Our American flora which began in the Cre- 
 taceous period spread in the tertiary age to Eu- 
 rope on one hand and to China and Japan on 
 the other. This could have only taken place 
 when the continents were connected. The char- 
 acteristic plants of this flora have been found 
 fossilized on the upper Missouri, in Mackenzie 
 River Valley, Disco Island, Greenland, Iceland, 
 the Island of Hull and on the continent of Eu- 
 rope as far south as Italy. No collection of Ter- 
 tiary plants has been made in Japan and China, 
 but the living flora of these countries contain a 
 large number of species similar to those early 
 forms. 
 
 From the evidences we may conclude that 
 
 53 
 
UiDDIcs of 
 
 there was a people who inhabited the United 
 States in the long ago, who had developed suffi- 
 ciently to have grown wealthy by agriculture. 
 They passed away, and another agricultural peo- 
 ple occupied the land who in turn were suc- 
 ceeded by the American Nomad Indians found 
 here when the Europeans came. 
 
 Primitive men in Europe and North Amer- 
 ica were associated with the same animals, and 
 lived in the same way. 
 
 The earliest inhabitants of Europe seem to 
 have been the Constadt race, so called from a 
 skeleton found in 1700 near Stuttgart; it was 
 found with the remains of the mammoth ; a sim- 
 ilar skull was found at Eginsheim in Alsace in 
 1867, also associated with the remains of the 
 mammoth. 
 
 This type is apparent in the Neanderthal skull 
 found near Dusseldorf in 1857. Another similar 
 skull was found eight miles southwest of Leige 
 in the cavern of Euges, embedded in gravel, 
 with the remains of the mammoth, rhinoceros 
 and reindeer. The skulls of the Constadt race 
 had large bone ridges around the eyes. The 
 forehead is low and retreating, the eye socket 
 large, the nose prominent, the upper jaw less 
 protruding than the lower jaw. 
 
 This ancient savage was large, strong and 
 muscular. He was a nomad hunter; he some- 
 times sought shelter in caves and overhanging 
 rocks, but had no fixed abode, and had no place 
 for burial. Skulls of this people are found un- 
 
 B4 
 
Prehistoric Cimes 
 
 derlying the Iberian remains in many places in 
 Western Europe, indicating that they were con- 
 temporary with the mammoth, rhinoceros and 
 reindeer. 
 
 In the gravels deposited in an ancient bed of 
 the Seine River at Grenville, near Paris, have 
 been found the Constadt skulls; neither imple- 
 ment nor tool used by these people have been 
 found. In the alluvium overlying this gravel 
 was found, at a depth of 9 to 12 feet from the 
 surface, the skulls of the Iberian type, and above 
 this, at the depth of 4 to 7 feet from the sur- 
 face, were found skeletons of short, round- 
 headed people with an average height of 5 feet 
 4 inches. They left many traces of their exist- 
 ence in the caves where they lived and where 
 they buried their dead. They seem to have been 
 a peaceful people, having no weapons for com- 
 bat. All the implements they had were made of 
 flint or reindeer horn. Some of the animals 
 the reindeer, the ibex, chamois, and the ptmari- 
 gan show the climate was cold. Their people 
 made clothing of skins, which they sewed to- 
 gether with bone needles. 
 
 The first inhabitants in Italy were of the race 
 which has been called lapygian, a small, dark 
 people like the Bushmen. They were gradually 
 driven before the people who invaded the land 
 from the north until they were concentrated in 
 the southeastern part of the country in what is 
 known as the heel of Italy. They had a peculiar 
 language, differing from all other languages. 
 
 55 
 
1RJDDIC0 Of 
 
 There remains some monuments made by them 
 upon which inscriptions were made, as yet inde- 
 cipherable. A few of the several thousand Nur- 
 hags scattered over the island of Sardinia have 
 been examined. There was found a well-like 
 construction from the surface in circular shape 
 some of them are three stories deep, supplied 
 with stone steps, having a square chamber at 
 the bottom, which was evidently constructed for 
 and used as temples of worship. Images are 
 found in them, usually a female with a child in 
 her arm and a priest with a symbol of his voca- 
 tion in his heart containing phallic emblems. The 
 structures are similar to those found among the 
 ClirTdwellers and the Zuni Indians in New Mex- 
 ico and Arizona, constructed after the similar 
 pattern, both indicating the worship of Iris, the 
 Egyptian Goddess. 
 
 The Nurhags are probably over 10,000 years 
 old, and were probably built before the flood. 
 
 Next there came into Italy the Iberian race, 
 the Sabellians. They were an important race. 
 Where they came from is not known, but they 
 cultivated the soil. 
 
 Next came the Etruscans, who were more 
 highly civilized. They were an Aryan race, but 
 did not resemble their neighbors in language or 
 manners. They came from the northeast. They 
 were short, thick-set, with large, round heads 
 and slender limbs. They were peaceable and 
 engaged in agriculture and trade. They culti- 
 
 56 
 
Prehistoric Ctme0 
 
 vated the arts, and became a highly civilized 
 people before the time of history. 
 
 The Iberians, in ancient times, inhabited the 
 western and southern part of Europe, the 
 northern part of Africa, in fact all parts reached 
 from the Mediterranean Sea. The Basques in 
 Spain and France, the little, dark Welshmen, 
 the Scotch and Black Celts to the West of the 
 Shannon River in Ireland, as well as the same 
 kind of men in Brittany and Equitaine in 
 France ; the Guanchis of the Canary Islands and 
 the Berbers in Africa, are all probably the rem- 
 nants of the race. 
 
 The Teuton inhabited the country north of the 
 Iberians ; he was phlegmatic in temperament, 
 and dull of intellect, but brave, warlike and 
 given to athletic exercises. He was a flaxen- 
 haired, large-limbed giant, fat and stupid. His 
 greatest glory was to have killed a large number 
 of savage animals. Owing to their strength, 
 bravery and size, they were a conquering race, 
 but did not have the genius to rule the lands 
 they conquered. They did not develop any high 
 civilization of their own. They were self-reliant, 
 willful and independent. The intellect and 
 genius of the people of Central Europe came 
 from the people farther north, probably the 
 original Aryan tribes. Their deities were Thor, 
 Odin, Frigga, wife of Odin or Woden and 
 Balder. 
 
 The Basques are of middle size, compactly 
 built, robust and agile, of a darker complexion 
 
 57 
 
Of 
 
 than the Spaniards. Their language has a re- 
 semblance to the Finnick, as well as to some of 
 the languages of the red men of the Pacific 
 coast, and to the Gallic in Ireland and Brittany. 
 
 An ice age probably drove them south. Some 
 few probably survived as cave dwellers, but the 
 larger part perished. 
 
 The first inhabitants of southern Europe, 
 northern Africa, Arabia, France and the British 
 Islands were a race of small men, who did not 
 average in height more than about 4 feet 5 
 inches. They were of slight build, with dark 
 complexion. They were cave dwellers emina- 
 tions from Lemuria. 
 
 They first buried their dead in caves, and 
 when the caves were not available they placed 
 their dead in long barrows or graves in a row. 
 Some such barrows were 400 feet long and 50 
 feet wide. They were an African people, and 
 there appears evidence that they sometimes prac- 
 ticed cannibalism. 
 
 It is said that the first people in Ireland were 
 the Formatians. They were a dark, stunted 
 race, utterly savage, using rough, unwrought 
 stone implements. So far as can be learned, 
 they did not know the use of fire. It is said 
 they came from Africa on ships. 
 
 It would seem that at some period in the past 
 the land in Europe was of a higher elevation 
 than at the present, and that the present bed of 
 the Straits of Dover and a large part of the 
 North and Baltic Sea and the Channel was 
 
 58 
 
Prehistoric Cimes 
 
 above the water. Ireland was joined to England 
 and both to France by dry land, and Africa and 
 Europe were joined by a bridge of land by way 
 of Sicily and Malta and perhaps by Gibraltar. 
 These strips divided the Mediterranean into sev- 
 eral inland seas. Europe and America were 
 probably connected in the same way from Ire- 
 land across the Atlantic Cable plateau, which 
 then formed the northern end of the Atlantic 
 Ocean. 
 
 Man existed in that remote time, and many 
 facts tend to prove that he could and did pass 
 from one place to another, as could the animals 
 which inhabited the different countries. 
 
 When plants of Europe and Africa on the 
 east and north and South America on the west 
 are compared, it is found that there is a simi- 
 larity, indicating that they had the same origin, 
 notably, the wheat, banana, tomato, red pepper, 
 and cotton. 
 
 On both sides of the Atlantic are found re- 
 mains of the hairy mammoth, the woolly rhi- 
 noceros, the cave bear, the musk ox, the rein- 
 deer, the bison, the elk, the horse, accompanied 
 by the remains of the same kind of flora. The 
 remains of the camel are found in India, Africa, 
 South America and in Kansas. The alpacas and 
 llamas of Peru are but varieties of the camel. 
 
of 
 
 CHAPTER IV. 
 
 THE MOUND BUILDERS. 
 
 There have been many ancient and extinct 
 civilizations, which grew up in all parts of the 
 world, many of which show wonderful similari- 
 ties of ideas, which would imply that such ideas 
 were obtained from the same fountain. All over 
 the world may be found ruins of old civilizations, 
 which arose, developed, decayed and died. It is 
 as if communities followed the same pathway of 
 life that men and animals have done; that Na- 
 ture's pattern of birth, growth, development, old 
 age, decay, and death applied to nations and 
 communities, as well as to man and animals. 
 Ruins exhibit the distinctive character of such 
 civilizations. There is no written history to 
 which access may be had to explain when they 
 existed, or to tell what people builded them. 
 
 The similarities being considered, it appears 
 that there was a relationship of ideas and 
 thought actuating peoples in different parts of 
 the world. In attempting to unravel the mys- 
 teries of the lives of men in prehistoric times, 
 one is surrounded and enveloped with a mass of 
 evidence which seems almost impossible to 
 
 60 
 
Cimes 
 
 classify and arrange in orderly shape for con- 
 sideration. Like the faint memories of child- 
 hood, we may examine the thoughts of ancient 
 peoples, about the sun, the moon and stars, about 
 life and death, and may see glimpses of their 
 aspirations. We should view them not with con- 
 tempt, not with pity, but with gratitude. 
 
 Scattered over the central portion of the 
 United States everywhere are found evidences 
 of an ancient, partly civilized people who have 
 been called the Mound builders from the num- 
 berless earth mounds made by them, varying in 
 shape, size and evident purpose. Many of them 
 are sepulchral, many evidently defensive, others 
 religious. There are said to be 10,000 such re- 
 mains in the State of Ohio, of which from 1,000 
 to 1,500 are defensive works for the purpose of 
 protection from enemies. Such works are abun- 
 dant in Indiana, Illinois, Missouri, Iowa and 
 Wisconsin. Within the radius of 50 miles of the 
 mouth of the Illinois River about 5,000 mounds 
 are to be found. St. Louis is called the Mound 
 City from the number in its vicinity. The 
 Southern States contain a great number of 
 them. 
 
 Occasionally they may be found east of the 
 Alleghany Mountains, in Mexico and Central 
 America. The Mounds run from 30 to 100 feet 
 in diameter and from 6 to 100 feet high; some 
 are much larger. 
 
 From the number of defensive works it may 
 be understood that the mound builders had a 
 
 61 
 
HfDOles of 
 
 strenuous struggle for existence with other peo- 
 ples. The defensive works are generally ram- 
 parts of earth on high ridges, enclosures with 
 ditches, observation structures skillfully con- 
 structed, near an abundant supply of water. 
 
 The walls sometimes are made from stone. 
 Defensive works are more frequent in the neigh- 
 borhood of the Alleghany Mountains, which in- 
 dicates that their most powerful foes were east 
 of them, for the defensive works do not exist in 
 the west. 
 
 Of these defensive works one is known as 
 Fort Ancient, near the little Miami River, a few 
 miles east of Cincinnati, Ohio. The Fort was 
 built on hills, which were easily defended, the 
 weak places being protected by ditches and high 
 walls from 5 to 20 feet, the space enclosed be- 
 ing propably 150 acres in all; in the walls are 
 some 70 gates from 10 to 15 feet wide. There 
 was 24 reservoirs connected with springs within 
 the Fort. 
 
 The largest of the defensive works was at 
 Bourneville, Ohio, built on the brow of a steep 
 hill 400 feet high, the walls being built of stone 8 
 feet thick and 8 feet high. The walls were 2^2 
 miles long, the enclosure being about 160 acres. 
 In connection with all these defensive works are 
 high mounds, from the summits of which an ex- 
 tensive view may be had of the surrounding 
 country, lookout points and signal stations. 
 Fires from the tops might flash out signals to 
 long distances. 
 
 62 
 
Cime* 
 
 One such high point at Miamisburg, Ohio, is 
 a mound 75 feet high, 100 feet in diameter at 
 the base. The rich alluvial bottom lands in the 
 vicinity were unquestionably where lived and 
 thrived the numerous population of the mound 
 builders. 
 
 The temple mounds are frequent, many of 
 them pyramidial, round, square, or oval in shape, 
 sometimes terraced with a large flat space at the 
 summit. The largest of these is at Kahoka, Il- 
 linois, one of a group of some 60 mounds, 50 by 
 700 feet at the base and 90 feet high. 
 
 The summit is a flat space 200 by 450 feet. A 
 small round mound was built on the summit, on 
 which were found evidences of fire in connection 
 with human bones. 
 
 In the Gulf States such temple mounds are 
 numerous, the largest of which is at Selzertown, 
 Mississippi, 400 by 600 feet at the base, 40 feet 
 high, with a level space on the top of three acres. 
 The northern side is built of sun-dried brick 2 
 feet thick. The Mound is surrounded by a ditch 
 10 feet deep ; on the summit were three mounds, 
 one of them 40 feet high, making a total height 
 of 80 feet. 
 
 At Etowah River, Georgia, there is a group of 
 seven large mounds, the largest of which is 65 
 feet high, 150 feet square at the top, with a 
 raised platform in the east side 40 feet wide and 
 20 feet high, with terraces and inclined path- 
 ways to lead to the summit; on this platform 
 was found a stone idol and some gold beads. A 
 
 63 
 
Ki D Dies of 
 
 deep artificial canal leads from the river to the 
 mounds. 
 
 There have been found in these ancient 
 mounds the tools, weapons and implements used 
 by the builders. There were implements of war, 
 the chase and domestic life, which indicate in 
 some degree the condition and intelligence of 
 the people who used them. They had stone im- 
 plements and weapons, pottery, arrow heads and 
 spears of stone, articles made of bone, quartz 
 and obsidian. The obsidian must have been 
 brought from Mexico. Their implements of 
 copper were evidently made by pounding. Cop- 
 per was in common use, and the extensive cop- 
 per mines on the shores of Lake Superior were 
 the source of their supplies. In a trench leading 
 to an ancient copper mine, 18 feet beneath the 
 surface of the ground, a mass of copper weigh- 
 ing six tons had been raised five feet on a frame 
 of wood to enable the men to remove it. 
 
 There are numerous burial mounds in all the 
 mound builders' country. They are generally 
 oval in shape, usually from 6 to 80 feet high. 
 Skeletons have been found in a vault of stone 
 slabs set on edge and covered over with timbers 
 or stone slabs. 
 
 Grave Creek Mound, West Virginia, was the 
 largest of this class, 1,000 feet in circumference 
 and 70 feet high. It was opened in 1838, and in 
 it were found two sepulchral chambers, one at 
 the bottom and one 30 feet above it. These 
 chambers had been made of timber and covered 
 
prehistoric Cimes 
 
 with stone slabs; the lower chamber had two 
 skeletons, the upper chamber one. There were 
 found shell beads and many other articles. 
 
 Near Alton, Illinois, a mound was found to 
 contain a vault built of stone, 4^ feet wide, 12 
 feet long and high enough for a man sitting up- 
 right. Two skeletons were found, one at each 
 end of the vault, sitting with faces toward the 
 east. Bones of some twenty persons were 
 thrown into the space between the two, every 
 skull of which had been crushed by a blow on 
 the left side of the head, evidently victims slain 
 at the burial of some important persons. Each 
 of the skeletons at the end held a large sea shell, 
 the large end resting on the left hip. 
 
 In addition to burial in mounds, burial in urns 
 were very frequent, particularly in the Southern 
 States. In South Carolina there have been found 
 such urns, placed one above the other, each filled 
 with the remains of a human being. Cave burial 
 was also frequent. Mounds were probably 
 placed only over the important personages, such 
 as rulers, chiefs and priests. 
 
 Haywood tells of the discovery, in a cave on 
 the south side of the Cumberland River in Ten- 
 nessee, of mummies who were buried in baskets, 
 whose skin was fair and white, their hair au- 
 burn, of fine texture. 
 
 The contents of various mounds of Mound 
 Builders are interesting, particularly articles of 
 pottery, consisting of water jugs, vases, urns, 
 cups and other forms. The pottery is of dark 
 
 65 
 
of 
 
 and bluish clay mixed with sand and fragments 
 of shells. Some was mixed with gypsum, shaped 
 by hand and burned in a hot fire. Gourds and 
 baskets coated with clay were probably used as 
 moulds ; glazing was not known. Pipes have 
 been found in great numbers, carved from slate, 
 soapstone and marble. Many represent animals 
 like the beaver, the otter, the deer, the turtle and 
 fishes ; human heads are also represented. The 
 modeling displays considerable skill. Copper, 
 silver and gold objec.ts hammered into various 
 shapes have been found with some meteoric 
 iron. In one, a half bushel of pearls were 
 found. Copper was the most abundant metal 
 found. Obsidian knives, horn and bone articles, 
 some of them polished ; beads of copper, shell, 
 stone, wood and pierced teeth were found. 
 
 Mica ornaments probably obtained from 
 North Carolina have been found at long dis- 
 tances from where it exists. Sea shells and cop- 
 per axes formed by hammering were found in 
 one mound in Illinois in 1876. Some woven 
 cloth of a coarse texture from flax, stone imple- 
 ments, spears and arrow heads, axes grooved 
 for handles, mortars and pestles, chisels, highly 
 polished ; hoes and spades, flat on one side, 
 slightly oval on the other, have been found. 
 
 An ancient burial mound dug into in Iowa 
 was found to contain 32 human skeletons. They 
 had been placed in a sitting position, but had 
 fallen over with their heads between their knees. 
 
 At Brush Creek, Ohio, on the apex of a 
 
 66 
 
Prehistoric Cimes 
 
 promontory of land between two creeks, lies the 
 serpent coiled along the ridge with a round cir- 
 cular mound between the extended jaws, the so- 
 called Serpent Mound. 
 
 Nine feet from the eastern end of the oval, 
 and partly inclosing it, is a crescent-shaped bank, 
 seventeen feet wide. From the extremities of 
 the crescent, which are 75 feet apart, begin the 
 jaws of the serpent, formed by banks 17 feet wide 
 and 6 1 and 56 feet, respectively, in length. The 
 open jaws are shown as if the serpent's head was 
 turned upon its right side. The head of the 
 serpent across the point of union of the jaws is 
 thirty feet wide and five feet high. From this 
 point the neck extends eastward more than one 
 hundred feet, with a slight curve to the north. 
 Then begins what may be called the body of the 
 reptile, making a graceful curve to the south, 
 and westward down the declivity of the central 
 portion of the hill, where another graceful con- 
 volution is made up the opposite ascent to nearly 
 the same level as the head; here it folds in an- 
 other full convolution, and the tail follows with 
 a long stretch to the southwest, terminating in a 
 triple coil. Measured from the tip of the upper 
 jaw to the end of the tail the serpent is 1,254 
 feet in length. 
 
 The average width of the body is about twenty 
 feet, and its height along the head and body is 
 from four to five feet. From the beginning of 
 the tail it gradually decreases in width and 
 height until it terminates in a bank about a foot 
 
UiDDlCS Of 
 
 high and nearly two feet wide. The graceful 
 curves throughout the whole length of this sin- 
 gular effigy give it a strange, life-like appear- 
 ance, as if a huge serpent slowly uncoiling itself 
 and creeping silently and stealthily along the 
 crest of the hill were about to seize the oval 
 within its extended jaws. Late in the after- 
 noon, the effect is weird, which effect is height- 
 ened when the full moon comes up, and the still- 
 ness is broken only by the hoot of the owl. 
 
 That such a work, so carefully designed and 
 constructed under difficulties along this narrow 
 ridge, terminating in the high rough cliff, was 
 planned and built under some powerful influ- 
 ence we can believe. And what other than a 
 religious motive can be conceived? Here we 
 have the evidence of the existence of that an- 
 cient faith, which, rising, probably in the east, 
 ages before historic time, held millions of peo- 
 ple under its terrible sway, and, spreading over 
 Asia, Africa and Europe, has not yet been wholly 
 supplanted in India and Africa. 
 
 That the serpent was prominent in the re- 
 ligious faiths of the early Americans is beyond 
 question. To a certain extent, in combination 
 with the phallic and solar worship, it extended 
 from Central America to Peru and Mexico. Its 
 existence in Yucatan is shown by sculptures on 
 the ruined temples. We know that this form 
 of worship existed in Mexico down to the time 
 of the Spanish conquest, and that it still sur- 
 vives in the rites of the Zunis and Moquis. 
 
 68 
 
Cime0 
 
 Some of these mounds contain human b'ones, 
 but the large part of them seem to have been 
 made for the purpose of religious worship. They 
 vary in size from a few feet to immense struc- 
 tures with a base of 300 to 600 feet in diameter, 
 and up to 90 feet high. They are usually en- 
 closed by ramparts from 6 to 30 feet high. 
 Sometimes they are made in shape of men or 
 animals. One mound in Wisconsin represents a 
 man with two heads. The body is 50 feet long 
 by 12 feet across the breast. Another in that 
 state represents an elephant. In some of these 
 mounds are found human remains, sometimes 
 partly burned bones, with implements, weapons 
 and ornaments of stone and bone, and articles of 
 pottery, sometimes elaborately ornamented. 
 
 In Wisconsin is a group of earth works. The 
 north and south walls of the enclosure extend 
 some 1,200 feet from the west wall, which is 
 about 1,200 feet. These walls have projections 
 like buttresses built out some 17 feet from the 
 line of the wall at intervals of about 30 feet. 
 Within the enclosure at the north end near the 
 western wall is an oblong mound five feet high, 
 which contained pieces of matting, some rope 
 strands, made of grass, some cloth, human 
 bones, pieces of pottery, together with some 
 fragments of burned clay, mixed with grass or 
 straw, all charred with fire. 
 
 In Wisconsin there are found in many places 
 small hillocks, a foot or more in height, known 
 as Indian corn hills. They are without order or 
 
 69 
 
BtD Dies of 
 
 arrangement, being scattered irregularly. The 
 corn was planted by the Indians on the same 
 spot each successive year, being enlarged by 
 additions each year. But there are evidences of 
 an earlier and more systematic cultivation of the 
 soil. There are low parallel ridges with a walk 
 six inches deep between them, like garden beds, 
 and indicate a more perfect system of cultiva- 
 tion than the corn hills. These garden beds are 
 of various sizes; they are from 20 acres to 300 
 acres in extent. They exist in the richest soil, 
 and are found only in flat lands. Sometimes 
 they extend across the mounds in the same man- 
 ner as over the adjoining ground. This would 
 indicate that they were not made by the same 
 people as those who built the mounds. 
 
 Among the ancient stone and copper imple- 
 ments found in the old Michigan copper mines 
 was an instrument 16% inches long, 2^2 inches 
 wide, like the patu of New Zealand, an edged 
 club of bone or stone, a very effective weapon in 
 a hand-to-hand conflict, capable of splitting a 
 man's skull at a blow. 
 
 On the high banks of the Sugar River, Wis- 
 consin, is Seven Mound Prairie, seven conical 
 mounds. Some three miles from this is an 
 earthwork, about 660 feet in length, with a gap 
 in the middle, opposite which is an elephant- 
 shaped mound. 
 
 Eighteen miles west of the Four Lalces, Wis- 
 consin, are two hills called the Blue Mounds, a 
 group of mounds consisting of effigies of six 
 
 70 
 
Cfme0 
 
 animals, six mounds in parallelograms, one cir- 
 cular mound, one human figure and one circle 
 or ring. The animal effigies are from 90 to 126 
 feet long. The human figure is 125 feet long, 
 with arms extended. The circular mound in 
 the center is the highest one. 
 
 On Snake Butte, a high hill a few miles north 
 of Pierre, South Dakota, overlooking Missouri 
 River, is an accumulation of stones arranged in 
 the form of a serpent, also some small mounds, 
 effigies of the tortoise. It is in the neighborhood 
 ascribed to a Cree Indian, who, in a fight with a 
 Sioux warrior, killed him after a desperate fight, 
 and the Sioux, badly wounded, went to the top of 
 the hill. Where he stopped to rest he bled, and 
 the Cree, in admiration of his courage, placed the 
 stones at the spots where blood had fallen. The 
 explanation is inadequate. It was built by an an- 
 cient people for religious purpose like the Brush 
 Creek effigy in Ohio. 
 
 One mound in Wisconsin is the effigy of a 
 bear 56 feet in length from head to rump. An- 
 other figure at this place is that of a turtle 76 
 feet long and 37 feet across, with the haad to- 
 ward the east. A human effigy, 25 feet across 
 the breast, 20 feet across the hips, has two heads, 
 each neck being 8 feet, each head 10 feet; the 
 body is 50 feet, the legs 40 feet long. 
 
 There is a lizard-shaped mound, 136 feet 6 
 inches long, near Muscoda. There are two 
 lizard-shaped mounds near Geneva, at Lake 
 Geneva, each 40 feet long, also a mound in 
 
 71 
 
of 
 
 shape of a drawn bow, with an arrow across it 
 pointing toward the lake. The bow is 50 feet 
 long. 
 
 Near Columbia, Tennessee, are the ruins of 
 an ancient walled town, containing the ruins of 
 a great number of houses, all circular in form. 
 The bodies in the cemetery near this place were 
 placed in a sitting position. 
 
 The square pyramidial mound occurs quite 
 frequently in southern United States, in Ten- 
 nessee, Florida and Georgia. 
 
 On Petit Ause Island in Louisiana, where 
 rock zs.lt was found under some 18 feet of al- 
 luvium, there have been found the bones of 
 the mastodon and elephant, and underneath 
 these remains of different peoples. Fortified 
 hills and defensive earthworks show there had 
 been a long continued warfare. The relics of 
 a glacial period under which some of these re- 
 mains are found show that part of the inhab- 
 itants of this land had existed before the last 
 glacial period. The mastodon, the long-haired 
 elephant, the mammoth and rhinoceros covered 
 with hair were then contemporaneous with man. 
 In several places have been found the arrow 
 heads, stone axes and rough stone with which 
 men slew the ancient beasts. The bones of the 
 mastodon were dug up from the bottom lands 
 of the Bourbonese River in Missouri. The 
 bones were upright as if the animal had become 
 fast in the mire, and the men had attacked and 
 killed it with arrows, spears and stones thrown 
 
 72 
 
Prehistoric Cimes 
 
 at it, while fast in the mud. Near New Or- 
 leans, in 1853, a skeleton was exhumed 16 feet 
 under four successive forests of cypress trees. 
 
 The Menoninee tribe of Indians are some- 
 times called White Indians. They formerly oc- 
 cupied the region bordering on Lake Michigan 
 around Green Bay. They were light ash color. 
 
 Among the Zuni Indians are many persons 
 who are white ; some have fair skins, blue eyes 
 and auburn hair. These claim to be full-blooded 
 Zunis. 
 
 In the Mandan villages are found a great 
 many whose complexious are light as half- 
 breeds; many of the women are almost white 
 with hazel, gray or blue eyes, and hair fine and 
 soft as silk. 
 
 The Creeks were much more agricultural than 
 other tribes in the north ; the separate house- 
 holds cultivated separate parts of it, but were 
 obliged to place a stipulated part in the public 
 storehouse. Hunters were obliged to yield part 
 of the game for the public storehouse ; a like 
 provision in Egypt, at the time of Joseph, con- 
 stituted a taxation for the public weal. 
 
 Among the Indians in Maryland and Virginia, 
 it was customary to divide the ground into fam- 
 ily lots, but there were common storehouses, in 
 which a portion of the fruits was placed, under 
 control of the sachem, whose power was some- 
 what absolute as to its distribution. 
 
 With the Indians the sachems were peace offi- 
 cers, and the chiefs war leaders; both were 
 
 73 
 
Of 
 
 elected, and men and women had the right to 
 vote. The war chiefs were chosen for their per- 
 sonal valor, several in the tribe; the sachemship 
 was in the family, hereditary. The tribe was 
 governed by the sachems and chiefs, and while 
 the confederacy, when such existed, by a council 
 of the sachems of the constituent tribes. 
 
 The Natchez were governed by their rulers, 
 who maintained an absolute monarchy based on 
 religious dignity. The ruler was the Sun, a god 
 on earth; the people were slaves to his will. 
 These Southern tribes seem to be survivors of 
 the mound builders, who at one time occupied 
 the whole Mississippi valley. They seem to 
 have been driven south, the small remnants of 
 the once numerous population. 
 
 The weapons of the people of America were 
 found to be precisely identical with the weapons 
 of the stone age in Europe. They had bows 
 and arrows, spears, darts, battle axes and sling 
 stones ; they used shields and bucklers. 
 
 The earliest inhabitants were a race with small 
 oval heads; the mound builders were a race of 
 long, narrow skulls, and there appears evidence 
 of a blending of the Mexicans and the Mound 
 Builders. 
 
 The stone cists in the graves in the American 
 mounds are exactly like the stone cists found in 
 European mounds. The articles associated with 
 the remains of the dead, urns, trinkets, food and 
 funeral urns, are the same in both. In the 
 graves in the Mississippi Valley and among the 
 
 74 
 
ic Cimes 
 
 Zunis, pottery vases were constructed around 
 the bones of the dead just the same as with the 
 Chaldeans. 
 
 Among the southern tribes of American In- 
 dians, the Creeks, Choctaws and Natchez, the 
 sun was the supreme deity. His worship was 
 conducted by a priest, the Mico. Natchez was 
 ruled by a son of the sun. The earthly repre- 
 sentative of deity, he was absolute over the com- 
 munity. These southern Indians are probably 
 a remnant of the Mound Builders. 
 
 The origin of the people who inhabited Amer- 
 ica prior to the arrival of the Europeans is a 
 problem which yet remains unsolved. In North 
 America along the Mississippi River and its 
 branches are the remains of a civilization, long 
 extinct. Their remains consisted chiefly of 
 mounds, structures similar to these found in 
 Egypt and Babylon. Toward the south these 
 remains took the shape of pyramids in suc- 
 cessive stages or terraces with flat tops. The 
 barrows and ramparts made of earth and stone 
 must have required the labor of a very large 
 number. 
 
 The Mound Builders evidently entered the 
 United States territory from the east by way of 
 the Mississippi River. 
 
 In Mexico were found evidences of a higher 
 civilization. There seems to have been an an- 
 cient people, who came from the Atlantic Ocean, 
 the Toltecs, who had become extinct. They 
 were different from the Aztecs, which the Span- 
 
 75 
 
UitJDlc0 Of 
 
 iards found in Mexico. In Central America 
 there are found immense ruins of cities built by 
 the Mayas, an extinct people similar to the Tol- 
 tecs. 
 
 In Peru there are remains of ancient struc- 
 tures somewhat similar to those made by the 
 Toltecs, but much more vast, constructed by the 
 Pirunas, a people similar to the Toltecs. Ex- 
 aminations and comparisons of the various 
 structures as shown by these remains will show 
 remarkable similarities in design to structures 
 found in various parts of the old world. 
 
 The Indians found in possession of the Cen- 
 tral United States were a different people from 
 the Mound builders. There was a tradition 
 among the Iroquis that when the ancestors of 
 the Iroquois and other kindred tribes came from 
 the northwest to the Mississippi Valley, they 
 found, to the east of the Mississippi River, a 
 great nation more advanced than themselves, 
 who granted them leave to pass through their 
 settlements, but hostilities broke out among them 
 which resulted in the extermination of the in- 
 habitants and the establishment of the red man 
 in the country. 
 
 The Pueblos of New Mexico, Colorado, and 
 Arizona were the homes of a clan or family. 
 One at Pecos, New Mexico, is the largest stone 
 structure in the United States. It is two stories 
 high, and has a circuit of 1,480 feet, with 50 
 rooms. It once sheltered the 500 families of 
 the tribe or clan. 
 
Prehistoric Cime0 
 
 Pueblo Bonito on the Rio Chacos is 1,716 feet 
 in circuit, and included 641 rooms, sheltering 
 probably 5,000 people. 
 
 A stone Pueblo on the Animas River had more 
 than 400 rooms, built on three sides of a court, 
 rising in successive terraces each narrower than 
 the one beneath and approachable only by lad- 
 ders. There was no sign of any external door 
 or entrance. The outer walls were of gray sand- 
 stone, laid with great precision and without mor- 
 tar, the interstices being filled with small pieces 
 of stone. 
 
 These are practically the same as the adobe 
 pueblos inhabited at this time by the Indians in 
 that country. 
 
 As you cross the meadows in the green bottom 
 lands of the Rio Grande, you see before you a 
 great drab mound of solid walls, with openings 
 here and there. These walls are built in ter- 
 races, each flat on top, with a higher wall be- 
 hind it and another behind that, until in some 
 cases five stories are built. Strips of what ap- 
 pear to be lattice work, drab in color, are placed 
 irregularly against the walls. They were made 
 of mud, as in a mould, and placed there for lad- 
 ders. Such structures could be raised only by a 
 powerful despotic sovereign. 
 
 A fortified village at Spring Creek, Tennes- 
 see, by the mound builders, on being compared 
 with a Mandan fortified village in Dakota, was 
 found to be essentially similar. Each was built 
 on a high promontory in a bend in the river, the 
 
 77 
 
of 
 
 earthwork fortifications consisting of a circular 
 bank; within were houses. There seems to be a 
 close relationship between the Mandan Indians, 
 the Pueblos, the Zuni and the Mound Builders, 
 and in all probability the Aztecs and Mayas. 
 
 Frank Gushing, agent of the Smithsonian In- 
 stitute, was sent to study the Zuni Indians and 
 their civilization. He was hospitably received, 
 and learned from them their traditions of the 
 Ocean of Sunrise, the Atlantic; the Ocean of 
 Sunset, the Pacific; the Ocean of Hot Water, 
 the Gulf of Mexico; the Ocean of Everlasting 
 Snow, the Arctic Sea. 
 
 He, to strengthen his own influence, proposed 
 to take them on a trip to the Ocean of Sunrise, 
 where they desired to go to get some of the wa- 
 ter of the Sunrise to use in their incantation to 
 produce rain. Their Zuni forefathers taught 
 them to pray to the spirits dwelling in the Wa- 
 ters of the Sunrise, that their land might be blest 
 with rain and their prayers brought rain, but 
 these prayers could not be efficacious without a 
 drop of water from the ocean. They wondered 
 if each of the large houses they saw in Chicago 
 was the home of a separate clan, and when they 
 saw Lake Michigan it was hard to make them 
 understand that this was not the ocean of the 
 Rising Sun, whither they were tending, until 
 they were told to taste the water which was not 
 salt. 
 
 The Zuni Mesa is a rock a thousand feet high 
 and two miles long, flat on top; a terraced hill, 
 
 78 
 
ic Cimes 
 
 the highest terrace like an island. There are 
 a number of adobe structure connected with one 
 another, in rows and squares, piled up length- 
 wise, five and six stories high, each receding 
 from the one below it, like steps of a gigantic 
 round honey comb. Everywhere the structures 
 bristle with ladders, chimneys and rafters. The 
 ladders are heavy and long, leaning at angles 
 against the roofs. The chimneys are made of 
 bottomless earthen pots piled one on another and 
 cemented mud. Scattered over the structure 
 were little round-topped ovens, like the halves of 
 great egg shells, with holes in the top for smoke. 
 These were placed at the edges of the terraces. 
 
 Charles Wolcott Brook read before the Cali- 
 fornia Association of Science a paper on the 
 origin of the Chinese race, maintaining China 
 had been colonized from America. According to 
 Chinese annals, Tai Ko Fokee, the great stranger 
 King in China, is represented as having horns on 
 his head like Moses. 
 
 His successors are said to have introduced 
 into China picture writing like that in use in 
 Central America at the time of the Spanish Con- 
 quest. He taught the motions of the heavenly 
 bodies, and divided the time into years and 
 months. He brought other useful arts and sci- 
 ences. 
 
 There was found at Copan, Central America, 
 a figure like the Chinese foke with two horns. 
 There is a close resemblance between the Chi- 
 nese and Central American figures, representing 
 
 79 
 
of 
 
 earth and heaven. Either one people learned 
 from the other or they both acquired it from a 
 common source. There are many indications 
 that they removed in remote ages from America. 
 Chinese records claim the progenitors of the Chi- 
 nese came from across the sea. 
 
Cimes 
 
 CHAPTER V. 
 
 ANCIENT ARCHITECTS. 
 
 When the Spaniards entered Mexico early in 
 the sixteenth century, they found the Aztecs in 
 possession of a broad empire stretching from 
 ocean to ocean. They learned, however, that the 
 Aztecs had occupied the land only since the 
 opening of the thirteenth century, having driven 
 the Toltecs, their predecessors, farther south. 
 The Toltecs brought the first elements of civili- 
 zation to Mexico, but though proficient in archi- 
 tectories they were unskilled in warfare, and 
 were forced to give way before the Aztecs, leav- 
 ing their massive temples and finding refuge in 
 Yucatan and Peru. 
 
 The Toltecs seem to have come into Mexico 
 from the northwest. They were proficient in 
 building and agriculture and many other useful 
 mechanical arts, and they were nice workers in 
 metal. They used the complex arrangement for 
 reckoning time afterwards adopted by the Az- 
 tecs. They established their capital at Tula, 
 north of the Mexican Valley, and the remains 
 of their extensive buildings remained at the 
 time of the Spanish conquest. The name Toltec 
 
 81 
 
ninnies of 
 
 signifies Architect, and they, probably, are the 
 builders of the extensive ruins of Yucatan. 
 
 The Toltecs worshiped Quetzalcoatl, who was 
 a tall white man with white skin, long- dark hair 
 and a flowing beard. During his residence in 
 Mexico he is said to have taught men the use of 
 metals, the arts of agriculture and government; 
 under his leadership the ground teemed with 
 fruits, flowers, corn and cotton. When he left 
 the country he stopped on his journey at Cho- 
 lula, where a temple was dedicated to him, the 
 massive remains of which still exist. When he 
 reached the Gulf of Mexico he embarked in a 
 magic boat made of serpents' skins, and left for 
 Tlapallan, promising his followers to return. 
 
 It was thought that this god aided Cortez and 
 his six hundred men to conquer the millions of 
 Aztecs. 
 
 The ruins of Yucatan comprise massive lime- 
 stone structures built on broad terraced plat- 
 forms, highly ornamented. 
 
 At the ruins of Chichen the largest building is 
 638 feet around, made in three terraces, 65 feet 
 high. The staircase leading to the summit is 56 
 feet wide, and the rooms on the top are 47 feet 
 long and 9 feet wide. The roof is of stone, 
 arched. Close by are two walls 275 feet long, 
 30 feet thick and 30 feet apart. 
 
 The Toltecs had headquarters in Mexico at 
 Tula. They came across the sea from the east, 
 and they spread out over a large territory, build- 
 ing immense structures, the remains of which are 
 
 82 
 
Prehistoric Cime0 
 
 to be found in Mexico, Yucatan, Central Amer- 
 ica and Peru. They probably came to Mexico 
 more than 10,000 years ago, from some place in 
 the Atlantic Ocean, where they had acquired 
 their civilization, bringing with them arts and 
 sciences. They built pyramids to the sun and 
 moon at Teotihuacan, twenty-five miles east of 
 the City of Mexico. The pyramid Chobolu was 
 built long before the Aztecs. They worshiped 
 as their supreme god, Quatzalcohtl, to whom 
 they offered fruits and flowers. 
 
 The Toltecs were a tall race, probably eight 
 feet in height, with red or brown complexion, 
 not unlike the ancient Greeks. 
 
 The Aztecs were an agricultural people, who 
 raised cotton and knew how to spin and weave. 
 They wrote on skins, leaves and on cotton cloth. 
 It was picture writing. They had no domestic 
 animals. Their objects of worship were ser- 
 pents and grotesque animal effigies. They de- 
 lighted in blood and in human sacrifice. They 
 called their edifices for worship Teocalles, which 
 were pyramids like the temple of Belus at Baby- 
 lon. The sides were always placed parallel to 
 the meridian. Their observation of the skies 
 and the construction of their calendar was like 
 the ancient calendar of the people of Tartary, 
 Hindu and Thibet. 
 
 The Aztecs are, on an average, 5 feet 3 inches 
 high ; the shape of their skulls show them to be 
 between the dolicho-cephalic and the brachy- 
 cephalic index, about 78. Their faces were oval, 
 
 83 
 
Hi D Dies of 
 
 with low forehead, high cheek tones, long eyes 
 sloping outward toward the temples, fleshy lips, 
 wide noses, coarse features, stolid expression, 
 complexion dark yellow to brown, straight, 
 coarse, black hair, and scanty beards. They are 
 somewhat like Asiatics, and their language dif- 
 fers from that of their neighbors in Central 
 America or Peru. 
 
 The tribes of Mexico and Central America 
 had a religious ceremony in which they partook 
 of cakes, with the Taw and Egyptian cross, re- 
 sembling the sacred cakes of the Egyptians, 
 claimed to be the flesh of their gods, imparting 
 a divine virtue. These peoples also had a priest- 
 hood and monastic orders, male and female. 
 They embalmed their dead, worshiped the sun 
 as god, the moon and stars. They had a virgin 
 mother of the God like Beltis, Isis and other 
 Goddesses of the East. The Spanish priests 
 noted these similarities, but ascribed them to the 
 work of the devil to confuse the true worshipers. 
 The rites of the sun worship resembled the rit- 
 uals of the Druids; like the latter they claimed 
 to be the children of the Sun. An Ark was one 
 of their sacred symbols, as well as in India and 
 with the Jews. The ark was a portable temple, 
 too sacred to be touched by any one but the 
 priests. 
 
 A pyramid is a copy of the Holy Mountain 
 that was in the center of Eden, the Aztec repre- 
 sentation of a mountain in Atzlan, the original 
 island home of their race, the Olympus of At- 
 
 84 
 
Cfmes 
 
 lantis. Dr. Lee Plongem, who spent four years 
 in Yucatan, traveling and exploring, says : "One- 
 third of the Maya language is like the Greek; 
 some words are like the Assyrian." 
 
 At the end of each cycle of 52 years, in Mexi- 
 co, the Aztecs believed the end of the world was 
 threatened, and as the time drew near the people 
 cleaned their houses and put out all fires. On the 
 last day, after sunset, the priests set out in pro- 
 cession for the hill of Huixachtla, there to watch 
 the approach of the Pleiades to the zenith, the 
 sign to light new fires. The most perfect, physic- 
 ally, of the captives was placed on the altar. The 
 fire was kindled on his breast by a wooden drill 
 in the hands of the priest. The victim's heart was 
 torn out, and his body thrown on the fire lighted 
 with the new flame. The people from their 
 housetops watched for the sacred flame, and 
 when seen they began feasting and rejoicing at 
 the opening of a new cycle. 
 
 The acme of religious bloodthirstiness and 
 cruelty was reached by the Aztecs in the cere- 
 monies to the worship of their God, Hmbzilo- 
 pochtle. They did not slay the prisoners taken 
 in battle, but kept them for sacrifice, which sac- 
 rifices were made on the top platforms of their 
 temples. The victim was stripped and extended 
 upon the sacrificial stone, his arms and legs ex- 
 tended and held by four priests. The execu- 
 tioner, the chief Priest, wore a red garment, 
 on his head was a crown of yellow and green 
 feathers. He used an obsidian knife, with which 
 
 85 
 
of 
 
 he opened the breast of the victim, between the 
 ribs ; into the orifice so made he thrust his hands 
 and plucked out the palpitating, throbbing heart, 
 which he placed in a vessel before the god. The 
 body was thrown to the ground from the top of 
 the temple, where the warrior who had captured 
 the prisoner victim, if he could recognize it, was 
 entitled to the privilege of cooking and eating 
 the arms, thighs and breast ; the rest of the body 
 was given to the beasts in the menagerie for 
 food. The number of victims sacrificed was 
 enormous, some records giving as high as 72,344 
 sacrifices at one time. The gods were supposed 
 to delight in such sacrifices. Not only prisoners 
 were sacrificed, but many times the Aztecs 
 offered themselves for sacrifice, believing that to 
 be sacrificed opened the gates to paradise. There 
 are tribes still extant in Mexico who annually 
 sacrifice human victims. They, however, prefer 
 a white man. 
 
 Aztecs, properly the name of one of the vari- 
 ous tribes who at the time of the Spanish Con- 
 quest occupied the plateau of Mexico, has been 
 used as synonymous with Mexicans. The vari- 
 ous tribes were the Xochimilcos, Chalcos, Te- 
 panecas, Acolhuas, Tezucans, Tlascaltecas and 
 Aztecas, which collectively bore the name of 
 Nahuatlecas, and their language was called 
 Nahuatl. Tradition variously represents these 
 families emerging from seven caverns in a re- 
 gion called Aztlan, or wandering away from 
 their fellows subsequently to a grand cataclysm, 
 
 86 
 
Prehistoric Cime0 
 
 and after a distribution of tongues. These tra- 
 ditions, however, do not fall within the domain 
 of history, and critical writers have preferred 
 to confine their researches within the period 
 fixed by the Mexican paintings or records. Sev- 
 eral of these are in existence, and, although dif- 
 fering considerably in their chronology, they do 
 not carry back the history of the Aztecs and 
 their affiliated tribes beyond the nth and I2th 
 centuries of our era. There is abundant evi- 
 dence, nevertheless, that the plateau of Mexico 
 was occupied for many ages anterior to the ar- 
 rival of the Nahuatlecas by a people of much 
 higher culture, of whose civilization that of the 
 Aztecs was but a rude reflection. The locality 
 of the traditional Aztlan has been a subject of 
 much speculation. By some writers it has been 
 supposed that this primitive seat of the Na- 
 huatlecas was in Asia, and the paintings, all of 
 which depict the passage over a body of water in 
 canoes or rafts, represent a migration to Amer- 
 ica from that continent. Most, however, im- 
 agine Atzlan to have been somewhere to the 
 north of Mexico, beyond the river Gila. 
 
 In the painting representing the migration of 
 the Aztecs, originally published by Gemelli Car- 
 rera in his Giro del Hondo, the sign or hiero- 
 glyphic of Aztlan is accompanied by the repre- 
 sentation of the teocalli, or temple, by the side of 
 which stands a palm tree, a circumstance which 
 excited the astonishment of the cautious Hum- 
 boldt, as opposed to the opinion that Aztlan was 
 
 87 
 
BtDDles of 
 
 to be looked for in a northern latitude. The 
 palm certainly points southward as the direction 
 whence the traditional migration took place ; and 
 this indication is supported by the fact that a 
 people speaking the same language with the Az- 
 tecs and having identical habits, laws and re- 
 ligious observances, existed as far south as 
 Nicaragua, and at the time of the conquest oc- 
 cupied nearly the whole of the present San Sal- 
 vador. According to Gemelli's painting, the de- 
 parture of the seven tribes took place in the year 
 1038 of our era. The event may have happened 
 a century later, in 1160. But uncertainty is at- 
 tached to all dates previous to the foundation of 
 the city of Mexico, 1324 or 1325. Tradition 
 and painting represent that various halts and 
 stoppages took place after leaving Aztlan, before 
 the seven tribes reached the valley of Mexico ; 
 and the time occupied is variously estimated 
 from 56 to 163 years. According to the paint- 
 ing representing this migration, they made not 
 less than 22 stoppages, varying from 4 to 28 
 years in length, altogether occupying 162 years, 
 before reaching Chapultepec. It does not ap- 
 pear that the various tribes all arrived at the 
 same time, but came in and took up their posi- 
 tions successively. They found the country rich 
 and attractive and occupied by a remnant of an 
 anterior and powerful people, who had left nu- 
 merous monuments of their greatness. From 
 these they learned many of the arts, the cultiva- 
 tion of the soil, and the workings of metals. At 
 
 88 
 
first they seem to have lived in harmony with 
 each other, but gradually the stronger tribes be- 
 gan to encroach upon the weaker, which led to 
 combinations for defence and a long series of 
 bloody wars. The Mexicans ranked as the sev- 
 enth tribe, and seem to have assumed the name 
 of Aztecas, par excellence. They were estab- 
 lished first at Chapultepec, but gradually en- 
 croach on neighboring lands, and finally, under 
 the head of a succession of military chiefs, be- 
 came the most powerful tribe in Anahuac, and 
 established their imperial city in the lake of 
 Chalco. The site, like that of Venice, a few low 
 islands in a great lake, was chosen for defence, 
 and the Mexicans strengthened the position. It 
 could only be approached over long and narrow 
 causeways, easily defended, which even the 
 Spaniards were not successful in forcing. Com- 
 manding the lake with numerous fleets of boats, 
 they were unassailable from the water. From 
 this stronghold they gradually reduced their 
 neighbors, their companions from Aztlan, or 
 forced them into a kind of dependent alliance, 
 which served to build up their power and influ- 
 ence; so that, at the time of the arrival of Cor- 
 tes, the Mexican emperor exercised a qualified 
 dominion over nearly all the aboriginal nations 
 within the present boundaries of Mexico. This 
 power was often exercised without mercy, and 
 many thousands of their captured enemies were 
 sacrificed on the altars of their sanguinary di- 
 vinities. How severely their yoke was felt, and 
 
 89 
 
of 
 
 how eagerly it was thrown off, is shown by the 
 readiness with which the Tlascalans, their own 
 kindred, joined the Spaniards in an attack on the 
 Mexican capital. 
 
 The form of government was an elective mon- 
 archy ; the legislative powers resided wholly with 
 the king. The administration of the laws be- 
 longed to certain judicial tribunals, and was con- 
 ducted with great regularity and Draconic stern- 
 ness. Their religion was sanguinary in most of 
 its practices ; yet it combined the elements of a 
 milder system, probably, than that of their Teo- 
 hautecan predecessors, whose religion was 
 closely allied to the Buddhist system of India. 
 Essentially a warlike nation, they regarded 
 bravery as the highest virtue. While the soul 
 of the common citizen was believed to undergo 
 a purgatorial existence after death, that of the 
 warrior who fell in battle was caught up at once 
 to the abode of the gods, to the bosom of the 
 sun, to the heaven of the eternal delights. In 
 the arts, and especially in the architecture, the 
 Mexicans achieved an advance corresponding 
 with their numerical and political growth, and 
 the islands, which at the outset supported only 
 rude huts of cane and thatch, came to be cov- 
 ered with imposing structures blazing with gold 
 and silver and copper. A specie of brass was 
 well known and elaborately worked, but iron, 
 except in its metallic form, was unknown. 
 
 Among the Mayas of Central America it was 
 believed the Sorcerers could transform them- 
 
 90 
 
Prehistoric Cime$ 
 
 selves into various animals; the Thinklets of 
 Alaska believe their shamans have the same 
 power. 
 
 The Zunis, the Aztecs and the American In- 
 dians, the people in Southern India and other 
 peoples in all parts of the world thought their 
 dead assumed the forms of snakes and other 
 animals, reverting to the form of the animal 
 from which they descended. Laocoon, warning 
 the Trojans to beware of Grecian wiles, was de- 
 voured by the sea serpent. On the death of 
 Plotinus, as he gave up the ghost, a snake glided 
 from under his bed into a hole in the wall. 
 
 In Central America the remains of 50 or 60 
 cities have been discovered, those of Cholula, 
 Palenque, Uxmal, Tescuco and Nutla being the 
 greatest and most interesting. One structure at 
 Palenque was 280 feet square at the base, and 
 60 feet high to the platform on which was con- 
 structed the temple, measuring 76 by 25 feet, a 
 low building with a roof of stone. Most of the 
 structures are extensive, built chiefly on massive 
 stone basements and surmounted by cornices. 
 Among them are several examples of vaults hav- 
 ing an arch form similar to structures of the old 
 world arch. They, however, show an advance 
 upon the Pelasgic and Gallic Monuments of the 
 old world. 
 
 In Mexico and Central America pyramids are 
 found everywhere. Cortez wrote a letter to 
 Charles V, in which he stated he had counted 
 450 of them to Cholula. The most ancient pyra- 
 
 91 
 
KiDtJle0 of 
 
 mid in Mexico is at Teotihuacan, eight leagues 
 from the City of Mexico. The two largest were 
 dedicated to the sun and the moon, each built of 
 stone. The larger one is 680 feet square at the 
 base, is 200 feet high, and covers eleven acres. 
 
 The ruins of Yucatan are pyramids terraced, 
 the ascents being by wide steps. The chambers 
 in the buildings are generally longer than wide; 
 they have no windows, but receive light from 
 the doors like the rooms built in Babylon and 
 other Eastern lands. The rooms are built in 
 two parallel rows ; the inner rooms receive light 
 from their outside rooms into which the doors 
 open. They are ornamented with sculpture and 
 cornices, covered with stucco. 
 
 At Palenque the largest building stands on a 
 terrace faced with flat stone. This stone, cov- 
 ered with stucco, fronts the east and has four- 
 teen doors into the rooms, separated by piers 
 covered with stucco. 
 
 The ruins at Copan, Honduras, appear to have 
 been a temple with several buildings, enclosed 
 like the temples of ancient Egypt. The ruins at 
 Palenque are similar and show that the former 
 inhabitants of Chipas and Honduras had the 
 same written language or characters. 
 
 At Uxmal, Yucatan, are found magnificent 
 ruins of a similar character. The principal 
 building was a very magnificent pyramid in 
 three terraces faced with cut stone. The first ter- 
 race is 575 feet long, 3 feet high and 15 feet 
 wide ; the second is 545 feet long, 250 feet wide 
 
 92 
 
Prehistoric Cimes 
 
 and 20 feet high; the third terrace is 360 feet 
 long, 30 feet wide and 19 feet wide from the 
 center to the second terrace. A flight of steps, 
 130 feet wide, led to the temple, the front of 
 which is 322 feet long, and about 25 feet high. 
 The upper half of the front is ornamented above 
 the cornice. There are two parallel rows of 
 rooms, eleven in each row, the doors to which 
 are the only source of light. The roof is sup- 
 ported by hard wood beams covered with 
 cement. In a building on the lower level, the 
 floor is covered with sculptured turtles, the 
 heads together in groups of four, requiring 
 43,660 turtles for the floor. 
 
 The ruins of Chichen, Yucatan, extend over 
 two miles. One of the best preserved buildings 
 is constructed with three terraces, the buildings 
 on the second terrace have a sculptured fagade. 
 The staircase is 56 feet wide. The rooms are 47 
 feet long, 9 feet wide, with roofs covered over 
 with stone. 
 
 Yucatan is strewn with ancient ruins, the 
 vestiges of grandeur. Four miles from Menda 
 are four large mounds surrounding the central 
 square. The largest is 150 feet high, and the 
 temple on its summit was dedicated to Kinic- 
 kakmoo (fiery Makaw, with eyes like the sun). 
 It is said that at midday the Macaw flew down 
 from heaven and burned the sacrifice offered in 
 her temple. It is probable the priests lighted 
 the fires by reflecting mirrors arranged to con- 
 
 93 
 
BiDDle* of 
 
 centrate the sun's rays. The three other mounds 
 were dedicated to other gods. 
 
 This people of the new world believed in the 
 immortality of the soul, the resurrection of the 
 body and preserved their dead as did the Egyp- 
 tians. 
 
 The Peruvians, Mexicans, Central Americans, 
 Egyptians, Phoenicians and Hebrews each had a 
 powerful hereditary priesthood. 
 
 The traditions of the Americans told of a time 
 when there fell a rain of fire and gravel. The 
 mythological story of Phaeton, the son of Helios 
 attempting to drive the chariot of the sun, there- 
 by causing the burning of the earth, and the story 
 of the destruction of Sodom and Gormorrah 
 seem to be the same legend. 
 
 Among the early Greeks, Pan was the ancient 
 god, and Maia was his wife. Pan was adored 
 in Mexico and Central America. At Panico 
 the Spaniards found magnificent temples dedi- 
 cated to him. The name Maya was given to the 
 civilization at Mayapan. 
 
 The dead bodies of the caciques of Bogota, 
 South America, were protected from destruction 
 by diverting the course of a stream and making 
 the grave in its bed. 
 
 There is a curious custom prevailing among 
 many peoples from China to America which re- 
 quires that when a child is born the father must 
 go to bed, while the mother goes about her work 
 as usual. This practice prevails among the hill 
 tribes in China. Strabo mentions it among the 
 
 94 
 
Cime 
 
 customs of the Iberians in Spain. It existed 
 among the Basques of France, in Corsica, 
 among the Tiberians to the south of the Black 
 Sea; among the Indians of North and South 
 America and among the Caribs in the West In- 
 dies. 
 
 The Brazilian father took to his hammock on 
 the birth of a child, and remained fifteen days. 
 The Esquimaux father would not hunt for some 
 days after the birth of a child. 
 
 Who were the builders of the gigantic struc- 
 tures whose ruined walls still stand in Mexico, 
 Yucatan and Peru, is not known, nor by what 
 means they became extinct. The elevation above 
 the sea forbids their extinction by a flood. They 
 lived in mountains along the range of which were 
 many volcanoes, and it is probable that the vol- 
 canoes became active and belched forth their 
 lava and death-dealing gases, like unto the de- 
 struction of Sodom and Gomorrah, Pompeii and 
 Martinique. 
 
 The Thinklets in Alaska have an old story. 
 Long ago the earth sank beneath the water, and 
 the waters rose and covered all but the highest 
 places so that no man could live. It rained hard, 
 as if the sea fell from the sky, and all was black, 
 so dark men could not know one from another. 
 Some, in despair, got together some cedar logs 
 for a raft, but it could not stand against the 
 rough waves. It broke in two, and on one part 
 of it were the ancestors of the Thinklets ; on the 
 other the ancestors of all other people. In the 
 
 95 
 
UiDDIcs Of 
 
 black tempest Chethl, the ospery was separated 
 from his sister, woman, who supports the earth. 
 Chethl called to his sister, "You will never see 
 me again, but you will hear my voice. Then she 
 became an enormous bird, and flew away to the 
 southwest. The sister climbed the mountain, 
 which opened to receive her. The crater of 
 Edgecomb Mountain shows where she sank into 
 the mountain. There she holds the earth above 
 the water. Evil spirits try to overthrow her, 
 and earthquakes are the result of her struggle 
 with the spirits of evil. 
 
 Chethl lives in the top of a mountain, in the 
 hole where his sister went down. He rides on 
 the edge of the storm ; the roaring of the tem- 
 pest is his voice calling to his sister. He claps 
 his wings, and the thunder results; and the 
 lightning is the flashing of his eyes. 
 
Cimes 
 
 CHAPTER VI. 
 
 AN AGE OF GOLD. 
 
 Before the Incas, Peru was held by a nation 
 or nations who lived in large cities and whose 
 civilization, language and religion differed from 
 and in some particulars were more advanced 
 than those of the Incas, who succeeded them. It 
 is not known whence these primitive people 
 came, but they may have been of the same stock 
 as the Toltecs. Their architectural achievements 
 were viewed with astonishment by the Incas, 
 who accepted them as models. 
 
 The religion of these people seems to have 
 been a pure theism, for when the victorious In- 
 cas entered Pachacamac, now deserted, they 
 found there a stately temple, whose heavy doors 
 were of gold, inlaid with precious stones, rival- 
 ing the famous Temple of the Sun at Cuzco in 
 magnificence, but which contained no image or 
 visible symbol of a god. The superstitious con- 
 querors feared to destroy the structure and con- 
 tented themselves with building a sun temple, 
 to the worship of which they gradually won over 
 the inhabitants by means of festivals, miracles 
 and pleasing rites. 
 
 97 
 
HiDDle* of 
 
 The masonry in the ancient Maya and Peru- 
 vian constructions have peculiarities similar to 
 the ancient ruins of India, Arabia, Egypt, 
 Greece, Asia Minor, Arabia and Chaldea. Open- 
 ings in the walls were alike, narrower at the top 
 than at the bottom, and cement and stuccoes 
 were used in the same way in both ; the arch was 
 made the same. The manufacture of brick was 
 undertaken in the new world and old. The 
 scroll and further ornamentation were the same; 
 sculpture and statuary were used by both. 
 
 In Peru there are many colossal ruins built of 
 huge and massive stone. There are massive 
 stone idols, huge pillars and, in the valley of 
 Lake Titicaca, a huge circular temple of upright 
 stones and sculptured monolithic gateways. At 
 Pachacamac, the ruin of a temple existed, built 
 in honor of the deity Pachacamac or the earth 
 beater. 
 
 The Peruvian masonry was superior to the 
 Mexican. The ancient fortress at Cuzco was 
 constructed of immense stones 30 feet long, cut 
 with great accuracy; the joints are hardly per- 
 ceivable. The cutting implements were copper 
 hardened with tin. The palaces and temples had 
 slanting side to the doors, sloping roofs, but no 
 windows. 
 
 The Peruvians worshiped the sun, the moon, 
 the stars, the spirit of the thunder, and the rain- 
 bow. They ascribed to their Incas celestial 
 origin. The temple of the sun at Cuzco was 
 magnificent, with plates of gold and the disk of 
 
 98 
 
Prehistoric Cimes 
 
 the sun wrought in pure gold. Their custom of 
 conducting all affairs by rule and providing the 
 people with sufficient food for subsistence and 
 compelling each to do a certain amount of labor, 
 took away all spirit of enterprise and initiative 
 from the people and made them stupid and 
 nearly imbecile. The civilization was akin to the 
 Chinese. They kept records by knotted cords, 
 like the Chinese, and their pottery was alike. 
 
 The Inca civilization, manners and customs of 
 the Peruvians were unique ; nothing like it ex- 
 isted elsewhere in America. It appears to have 
 been patterned after the Chinese models ; both 
 have elaborate systems of regulations of control 
 of the common people. China has been said to 
 be a great school in which the officers are the 
 masters and the people the scholars, like the 
 monastery where each person has his place and 
 duty assigned. 
 
 Official authority is by far too complicated 
 a system to have been originated by a half-civil- 
 ized people, as the Peruvians undoubtedly were ; 
 it was the growth of ages. 
 
 The Inca assumed the attitude of father to 
 the people. He was sprung from progenitors 
 who had descended from heaven, son of god. 
 The Peruvians manufactured pottery, they un- 
 derstood the use of cotton, and had the art of 
 spinning and weaving. 
 
 The Chinese government built and maintained 
 roads and means of transportation from one dis- 
 trict to another as did also the Peruvians on 
 
 99 
 
of 
 
 the same plan and in a similar manner, even in- 
 cluding suspension bridges of twisted twigs, as 
 were used in China and Thibet. 
 
 This was not done elsewhere in America, 
 neither north, south nor in Central America. 
 The Chinese did not bury their dead, but laid 
 their dead on the top of the ground, constructing 
 over them a mound of earth; the same practice 
 prevailed in Peru. The Chinese in their archi- 
 tecture had a few patterns ; everything was made 
 after the same pattern. The Peruvians adhered 
 to a general model in all their structures from 
 the hovel to the palace. Both the Chinese and 
 Peruvians removed immense blocks of stone 
 from quarries, sometimes long distances. The 
 Peruvians had dramas and plays, enacted like the 
 Chinese. 
 
 The Peruvians used rafts with sails, upon 
 which were built huts precisely like the Chinese. 
 The boats of both were steered by means of 
 paddles operated at the bow and stern. Both 
 Chinese and Peruvians divided the year into 
 twelvemonths of thirty days each. 
 
 The ancient inhabitants of America from 
 about 33 degrees south latitude into Mexico ap- 
 pear to have belonged to the Toltec tribe. There 
 are evidences of an advanced civilization. In 
 the dense forests of Chiapas, Mexico, was dis- 
 covered the ruins of an ancient city called 
 Palenque, some of the buildings in which are 
 300 feet long, 20x3 feet wide and 30 feet high. 
 
 There exist the ruins of some 40 cities in Yu- 
 
 100 
 
RUINS OF A FORGOTTEN RACE, MITLA, MEXICO. 
 
 ( Kiddles of Preh istoric Times p. 106) 
 
Prehistoric Cimes 
 
 catan. The walls were made of immense hewn 
 stone laid in mortar. Many obelisks covered 
 with carvings and hieroglyphic figures exist, 10 
 to 15 feet high and 4 feet in diameter, resem- 
 bling those of Egypt. The temples and palaces 
 are built usually in pyramidal form with ter- 
 races; the summits, usually flat, are reached by 
 steps. The rooms on top have no windows, but 
 are lighted by doorways. 
 
 At Uxmal the largest building was a mag- 
 nificent terraced pyramid. The first terrace was 
 575 feet long, 15 feet wide and 3 feet high; the 
 second was 545 feet long, 259 feet wide and 20 
 feet high ; a wide staircase leads to the summit. 
 The temple on top was 320 feet long and 25 feet 
 high. There are two rows of rooms, eleven in 
 each row. The roofs were supported by beams 
 covered with stone and cement, and the floor 
 was paved with stone turtles. 
 
 Less artistic but more vast and massive struc- 
 tures are found in Peru, the work of a race an- 
 terior to the Incas. The double stone circles at 
 Stillestain are 90 feet and another 150 feet, re- 
 spectively, in diameter. They have a massive 
 paved platform around them on the outside, 
 which is not found in similar structures in the 
 old world. The Cromlechs there found are 
 domed over with overlapping stone. 
 
 The more artistic tombs are built of stone in 
 the form of a tower and domed. 
 
 Some of the sepulchral mounds are supported 
 by immense retaining walls; one mound is 108 
 
 101 
 
lUDDIe0 of 
 
 feet high and 276 feet long, 75 yards wide on 
 top. The walls are of Cyclopedean masonry 
 stones, accurately hewn and fitted, one stone 
 being 27x14x12 feet; many of the stones are 
 15x12x10 feet. 
 
 The Piruas were the rulers of a very ancient 
 people who occupied the highlands of Peru and 
 Bolivia, long prior to the Inca dynasty. It was 
 they who constructed the Cyclopean structures, 
 different from and older than the Inca architec- 
 ture. 
 
 The Teahuanac structures in Western Bo- 
 livia consist of many very large quadrilateral 
 buildings with monolithic doorways and broken 
 statues. The material is hard sandstone in im- 
 mense blocks, which was carried 15 miles by 
 land and 25 miles by water. The blocks were 
 cut and fitted together with great skill by mor- 
 tises and bolts, and many were elaborately 
 carved. The largest and most remarkable of the 
 monolithic doorways is 13 feet wide, over 7 feet 
 high and 2^4 feet thick. Above the door it is 
 covered with sculptures in low relief, consisting 
 of a central human figure and four rows of 
 smaller figures, some with Condors heads and 
 all with crowns and scepters. The structure 
 called the fortress is an artificial mound 620 feet 
 long by 450 feet wide and 50 feet high, origi- 
 nally in terraces faced with cut stone. The style 
 of architecture and sculpture are unique. The 
 exact squaring of the stone is unsurpassed in all 
 the ancient structures of the world, old or new. 
 
 102 
 
Cfmes 
 
 Near Lake Titicaca were colossal idols, huge 
 structures like those at Stonehenge, sculptured 
 gateways and gorgeous temples. 
 
 The fortress of Sacahauna, overlooking the 
 City of Cazco, Peru, is built against the side 
 wall of a mountain. The work consists of three 
 walls, i, 800 feet long, rising one behind the 
 other, 27, 18 and 14 feet respectively, built of 
 irregular limestone blocks fitted together with 
 great skill. The work is without doubt the best 
 specimen of the Cyclopean architecture in Amer- 
 ica. The immense stones were brought three- 
 quarters of a mile to be set in place. 
 
 The Piruas governed a vast empire, and 
 erected many immense edifices. At Cuzco there 
 was a statue of their god, Pachacamac, covered 
 with gold plate. Sun worship was prominent; 
 the moon and stars were also reverenced. Ani- 
 mals were sometimes sacrificed at festivals, pos- 
 sibly human beings also. 
 
 The Quinchnas Pirunas were fair-skinned, 
 with blue eyes and auburn hair. Their capital, 
 Gran Chinia, covered an area of not less than 
 20 square miles, with pyramidal structures. One 
 of them, called the Temple of the Sun, was 812 
 feet long by 470 feet wide and 150 feet high. 
 
 The buildings in the vicinity of Lake Titicaca 
 had doors and windows, with posts, caps and 
 sills of cut stone. At Curlap, in northern Peru, 
 there was a wall 3,600 feet long, 560 feet wide 
 and 150 feet high, a solid mass with a level top; 
 on this was placed another wall 600 feet long, 
 
 103 
 
HiDDIcs Of 
 
 500 feet wide and 150 feet high, making an ag- 
 gregate height of 300 feet. In this were cells 
 and tombs. Very ancient remains of large and 
 remarkable edifices have been found, ascribed to 
 bearded white men, who long before the Incas 
 settled there. 
 
 There were acqueducts of cut stone, one 450 
 miles long across mountains and rivers. There 
 were public roads that ran along the mountains 
 from Quito to Chili and from Cuzco to the sea; 
 these roads were from 20 to 25 feet wide. Ra- 
 vines were spanned by solid rock bridges, and 
 rivers were crossed by suspension bridges. These 
 works were all ancient at the time of the Incas. 
 
 Manco Capac, the traditional father of the 
 Inca, was, according to the ancient legend, a child 
 of the sun, sent to civilize the Peruvians. He in- 
 structed them in industry and the arts of social 
 life. The religion he taught was the worship of 
 the sun, the dispenser of all benefits. His wife, 
 Manco Ocollo, taught the women to sew and 
 spin and to lead pure and virtuous lives. Un- 
 der their wise rule the state flourished and in- 
 creased in number and possessions. 
 
 The land was divided into three portions, one 
 of which was consecrated to the sun, a second 
 to the Inca and the third to the people. The first 
 defrayed the expense of the erection of the tem- 
 ples and the maintenance of the priests, the sec- 
 ond, the expenses of the government and royal 
 household ; and the third was allotted to the peo- 
 ple according to rank and the number of each 
 
 104 
 
c Cimes 
 
 family. Manufactures and mines were carried 
 on in the same manner. 
 
 In Peru absolution was as complete as with 
 the Natchez and Creeks. The Inca was a de- 
 scendant of the gods, was a god himself, auto- 
 cratic in religion and in government. The land 
 and its products were at his command. The 
 people were required to till the land of the Inca 
 and of the Church, as in China, Egypt and Ja- 
 pan. In Peru the altar of the sun was stained 
 with no human sacrifice, the offerings being 
 'fruits, cereals, milk and, on special occasions, a 
 lamb, a sheep or a goat. 
 
 The Peruvian worshiped a single deity and the 
 sun, its representative. Quetzalcoatl, the foun- 
 der of the Aztecs, condemned all sacrifices ex- 
 cept fruits and flowers. In some of the old re- 
 ligious rites of Egypt sacrifices were made only 
 of fruits and flowers. 
 
 The people of Peru used the plough in agri- 
 culture. The King put his hand to the plough 
 at the annual festival, the same as did the Egyp- 
 tian and Chinese Kings on like occasions. 
 
 They had built magnificent roads, and had a 
 system whereby news was transmitted hundreds 
 of miles in a day, precisely like the Persians in 
 the time of Herodotus. 
 
 The Peruvians manufactured cloth of cotton 
 and wool; they made beautiful pottery and 
 glass ; they engraved gold and precious stones in 
 precisely the same way as practiced beyond the 
 great ocean. 
 
 105 
 
of 
 
 Both Egyptians and Peruvians held annual 
 fairs, and among both the lands were divided, 
 per capita, every fifty-two years. In Judea the 
 new division was made each fifty years. 
 
 One of the structures of Chinu, the pyramid 
 of Moche, is notable. It is 800 feet long, 470 
 feet wide and 200 feet high, built of adobe blocks 
 thirty inches thick, encasing a core of clay. 
 
 The palace of the Prince of Chinu was a 
 broad, low, artificial mound built of adobe con- 
 taining many small subterranean vaults and 
 chambers. One of the interior halls is called the 
 hall of the Arabesques, 42 feet wide, was more 
 than twice as long. The Arabesques ornamen- 
 tation on the wall is of stucco, in one-inch relief 
 and of very intricate pattern. 
 
 Some leagues from Lima, overlooking the Sea, 
 is an extensive Huaco, called El Castillo, near 
 an extensive cemetery; the soil is full of skele- 
 tons of adult males. The skulls bear evidence 
 of violence ; some were split as with a battle 
 axe; others crushed as if by a hammer, while 
 others were pierced as if by a lance or arrow ; 
 'the combatants, mayhap, in some terrific battle. 
 Some had the square, compressed skulls of the 
 coast dwellers, some the artificially elongated 
 skulls of the Aymoras and some the normal 
 skulls of the Quichmas of the Sierra Mountains. 
 
 At Stillustani, twelve miles from Lake Titi- 
 caca, are numerous round towers, built of large 
 stones, admirably fitted and kept in their place, 
 the structure evincing skill in stone cutting. 
 
 106 
 
Cfmeg 
 
 About 20 miles from Cuzco, in the valley of 
 Yucay, is the great fortress Olleanlaytambo. The 
 way to the valley is over high tableland, whence 
 one may look down, 4,000 feet below, to the ter- 
 raced gardens and palaces protected by im- 
 pregnable fortresses. 
 
 In the depression containing Lake Titicaca are 
 found ruins which have been justly called the 
 Banlbek of America. At Tiaharanaco are ruins, 
 a square mile in extent, in center of which is a 
 great terraced mound, the terraces supported by 
 a wall of massive cut stone. The structure has 
 been called a fortress. The sides nearly conform 
 to the points of the compass. Close by is a struc- 
 ture which has been called the Temple, defined 
 by lines of standing stones of red sandstone, un- 
 cut and of irregular height. The stones origi- 
 nally seem to have been 21 feet 6 inches high, 
 and each had a shoulder cut near the top as if to 
 support a connecting architrave. In the interior 
 is a mound of earth raised about 8 feet above 
 the level. A distance of 57 feet from the tem- 
 ple is a terrace, supported by large stone, 8 to 
 10 feet long by 5 feet wide, admirably cut, with 
 a corridor 30 feet wide all around it. The Mono- 
 lithic Gateway is 13 feet 5 inches wide, 7 feet 2 
 inches high and 8 inches thick, is covered with 
 hieroglyphic writing across the top, and human 
 figures, each with a crown. 
 
 On the summit are remains of stone build- 
 ings, and all over the slopes are lying stones 
 marvellously cut and engraved. Beneath the 
 
 107 
 
lit n Dies of 
 
 fortress were great treasure vaults, from which 
 were subterranean passageways led to Cuzco, 
 400 miles away. So much for tradition, but as 
 yet excavations have revealed no passageways. 
 Southeast of the Fortress, 600 feet distant, is a 
 long wall, the foundations of the Hall of Justice. 
 It was a rectangular structure, 420 feet long, 370 
 feet wide and surrounded by a wall of cut stone. 
 The interior depression or court was on the level 
 with the ground. 
 
 Eastward from the Hall of Justice is a raised 
 platform, 175 feet square, 8 to 10 feet high, in 
 the center of which was a building of stone, con- 
 taining a flat rock 13 feet 4 inches square and 
 20 inches thick, with a square depression cut 
 into it, 7 feet 3 inches long, 5 inches wide and 6 
 inches deep. Near one side was a sort of sunken 
 portico 20 inches wide, 3 feet 9 inches long, with 
 an entrance 22 inches wide. 
 
 The walls on the north side of the Fortress are 
 built in terraces, in parallel lines. The first or 
 outer wall is 27 feet high ; the second, 30 feet be- 
 hind it, is 18 feet high; the third, 18 feet back 
 from the second terrace, is 14 feet high. The 
 walls are built of blue limestone cut and fitted 
 together. From points behind the walls parallel, 
 missiles may be hurled below the outer wall. 
 Each wall originally rose 6 feet higher than the 
 terrace it supported. 
 
 The Peruvians renewed all their fires each 
 year from fire kindled by concave mirrors in the 
 
 108 
 
Cfmes 
 
 Temple of the Sun. The ancient Romans had 
 the same custom. 
 
 The Nahua Calendar was remarkably like the 
 Chaldean. The Peruvians and Egyptians and 
 Chaldeans divided the year into 12 months and 
 inserted days to give the year 365 days. 
 
 Some 20 miles from Cuzco there are situated 
 the quarries, from which was taken the stone 
 used in the ancient structures. In the valley of 
 Audarvillas is the Pass of Piquallacta, between 
 mountains. The pass is 2,000 feet wide and has 
 been fortified by wall of stone 30 feet high, 
 with two gateways of stones so accurately cut 
 and laid, without mortar, that a knife may not 
 be inserted between them. A graded wall leads 
 to the ruins of Mayna, beyond which is Rimac 
 and the Cirachausha, a place of gold, containing 
 the gorgeous temple of the sun and the chapels 
 of the moon, the stars, thunder and lightning. 
 The water course was walled in by stone bridged 
 walls. 
 
 There are also some Cronlechs of especial in- 
 terest, in that they are similar to those of North- 
 ern Europe and the British Islands, the sun or 
 Druidical palaces. In the Plaza of Rimac are 
 the ruins of an ancient wall covered with carved 
 serpents. 
 
 The ruins of Tiahianaca, 12 miles south of 
 Lake Titicaca, contain the remains of several 
 very large quadrilateral buildings with mono- 
 lithic doorways and broken statues made of hard 
 sandstone or trachyte in immense blocks, which 
 
 109 
 
RiDDIe0 of 
 
 have been transported 25 miles by water and IS 
 by land. The blocks were cut and fitted to- 
 gether with great skill, and some of them elabo- 
 rately sculptured. 
 
 The most ancient of the many sun temples was 
 on an island in Lake Titicaca; the most re- 
 nowned was at Cuzco, called the place of gold. 
 It consisted of a principal building and several 
 chapels in the heart of the city, closed in by a 
 wall which, like all the buildings, were of stone. 
 The interior was a mine of gold. On the west- 
 ern wall was a representative of the Sun God, a 
 human face surrounded with rays in every direc- 
 tion. The rays of the rising sun fell upon this 
 face, illuminating with the reflected light the 
 whole interior of the building. The figure was 
 made of massive gold thickly studded over with 
 precious stones. Gold was thought to be tears of 
 the sun, and every part of the temple glowed 
 with the precious metal. The cornices on the 
 walls were made of gold, and a broad frieze of 
 gold was let into the stone work of the exterior. 
 
 One of the other buildings was dedicated to 
 the moon, whose likeness beaten on a huge plate 
 of silver nearly covered one wall. One chapel 
 was dedicated to the stars ; another to the minis- 
 ters of the Sun's vengeance, Thunder of Light- 
 ning; another to the Rainbow, whose many col- 
 ored arch spanned the temple. All the utensils 
 in the temples were of gold and silver. 
 
 The attendants in the temples were very nu- 
 merous, and at the head was the Villac Viner, 
 
 no 
 
THE INCA FEAST OF THE RAYMI. 
 
 (Riddles of Prehistoric Times p. i id] 
 
Cime0 
 
 the high priest. He was second in dignity to the 
 Incas and appointed by the monarch. Those 
 who officiated in the temple of the sun at Cuzco 
 were exclusively of the family of the Incas. 
 
 Each month had its festivals and ceremonies, 
 the most important of which was the feast of 
 Raymi, held at the summer solstice when the 
 sun, having attained the southern extremity of 
 his course, turned back to gladden the hearts of 
 the people. For three days previous there was a 
 general feast; no fire must be lighted in the 
 dwellings. On festive days the Inca and his 
 court assembled, at early dawn, in the great 
 square to greet the sun. The whole population 
 followed, dressed in their gayest apparel. The 
 nobles displayed their most precious jewels and 
 ornaments, walked under gorgeous feathered 
 canopies, borne by their attendants. 
 
 As the first rays of the sun appeared there 
 arose a glad shout and songs and melody from 
 musical instruments, which became louder and 
 more triumphant as the sun mounted higher and 
 higher. As soon as the sun shone out in all its 
 glory a libation was partaken by the Incas and 
 his nobles. After this the vast assembly formed 
 in procession, in order of rank, and took its way 
 to the temple. As they entered the streets of the 
 sacred edifice all divested themselves of their 
 sandals, except the Inca and his family, who did 
 so on passing through the portals of the temple. 
 After the devotions the Inca with his court offi- 
 cials appeared, and preparations for the sacri- 
 
 iii 
 
UiDDle0 of 
 
 fice were begun. The offerings were usually of 
 grain, flowers, perfumes, or animals, though 
 sometimes human beings, a child or beautiful 
 maiden were selected as the victim. This last, 
 however, was the occasion of a coronation, the 
 birth of a royal heir or to celebrate a great vic- 
 tory, and never partook of cannibalism. At the 
 feast of the Raymi the llama was usually of- 
 fered, and the priest, after opening the body of 
 the victim, sought to read therefrom the mys- 
 terious future. A fire was then kindled by con- 
 cave mirrors, the collected rays setting fire to 
 some dried cotton. When the sun was obscured 
 by clouds, the fire was made by friction. The 
 sacred flame was then given in charge to the 
 Virgins of the Sun. A burnt offering was made 
 to the deity, after which a large number of 
 llamas were slaughtered for the feast of the 
 whole concourse of people. Bread from maize 
 flour had been prepared for the occasion by the 
 Virgins of the Temple. The Inca presided over 
 the feast, and pledged his nobles with the fer- 
 mented liquor of the land. And then there was 
 reveling and music and dancing, which continued 
 many days. 
 
 Precisely the same custom, without the human 
 sacrifice, was observed throughout Asia Minor, 
 Persia and India, wherever sun worship pre- 
 vailed. 
 
 The same belief in ghosts prevailed in both the 
 old and new world. It was believed that the soul 
 of the dead passed to heaven across a stream of 
 
 112 
 
Cimes 
 
 water in which many souls were lost. The 
 Zunis set apart one day of each year to spend 
 among the graves of their dead. Their god, 
 Haitziloperhtle, was said to have been a famous 
 necromancer, capable of changing himself into 
 animal shapes. He was thought to have been 
 a humming bird, whose feathers adorn his stat- 
 ues. His sacraments consisted of paste idols of 
 him eaten by the communicants at the Winter 
 Solstice. He was said to have led the Aztecs to 
 Mexico. 
 
 In both continents tree worship was practiced. 
 In Mexico and Central America, sacred cy- 
 presses and palms were planted in groups of 
 three, tended with care and given offerings of 
 incense and other gifts. The same custom pre- 
 vailed among the ancient Romans, the cypress 
 being dedicated to Pluto and the palm to vic- 
 tory. 
 
 An offering of cakes was made at the baptism 
 of a child among the Babylonians, as among the 
 Mexicans. In Peru and Babylon marriages were 
 made but once a year, at a public festival. 
 Among the American Indians, the husband cap- 
 tured his wife by force, as the men of the tribe 
 of Benjamin carried off the daughters of Shiloh 
 at a feast, and the Romans captured the Sabine 
 women. 
 
 At the time of the Spanish conquest there 
 were 5,000 priests in the temples of Mexico. 
 They confessed and absolved sinners. There 
 were convents for female devotees; there were 
 
RfODlC* Of 
 
 Monks in cloisters. The priests wore long, white 
 robes. 
 
 The Peruvians believed in the continued exist- 
 ence of individuals after death and that there 
 would be a resurrection of the body. They as- 
 signed two places, one for the good in which they 
 would pass luxurious lives in tranquility and 
 ease, but the bad were consigned to the center of 
 the earth, there to expiate their crimes by 
 wearisome labor. They believed in an evil spirit, 
 Capay. Belief in the resurrection led them to 
 preserve the bodies of the dead with care. They 
 let the body dry in the rarified air. 
 
 They believed that there would be the same 
 occupation followed in the next world; they 
 therefore buried with the dead his apparel and 
 utensils, often his treasures, and sacrificed his 
 wives and servants to do him service in the next 
 world. Vast mounds were erected over the re- 
 mains of the nobles with galleries at right angles 
 to each other. They dried the bodies of the 
 dead, sometimes erect, sometimes in a sitting po- 
 sition. Treasures have been found frequently 
 in such mounds. 
 
 The Jews and ancient Mexicans both wor- 
 shiped toward the east; both called the south 
 the right hand of the world ; both burned incense 
 toward the four corners of the earth. Sacrifice 
 as an atonement were common to both; incan- 
 tation for those possessed of an Jevil (spirit 
 was practiced, and with both the priests eat the 
 flesh of the sacrifices. Both were punctilious 
 
 114 
 
about washing and ablutions. Both had an ark, 
 an abiding place for the gods, and both had a 
 species of serpent worship. The Jewish custom 
 of laying sins of the people on the head of an 
 animal and turning it into the wilderness had its 
 counterpart among the Aztecs. 
 
 The scalping of enemies was referred to 
 Psalms LXVIII, 21, and the American Indians 
 scalped their enemies ; Herodotus described 
 scalping by the ancient Scythians. Circumcision 
 with a stone knife was practiced in Mexico as 
 among the ancient Hebrews. 
 
of 
 
 CHAPTER VII. 
 
 BUILDED ON A ROCK. 
 
 The oldest ruins in Greece are several ancient 
 citadels and the walls of Tirynth, the immense 
 stones used in the construction of which puzzled 
 the Greeks. They were believed to be the work 
 of a race of giants, the Cyclops, and the work 
 was called Cyclopean. They are now ascribed 
 to the Pelasgians, who preceded the Greeks in 
 the occupancy of the land. 
 
 The evidence furnished by philology seems to 
 indicate that the Pelasgians were Aryans. They 
 lived in houses and constructed stone buildings. 
 They wore clothes fashioned of skins and cloth 
 made from wool. They had the sword and the 
 bow. They had flocks and herds, goats, dogs 
 and horses. They had gold, silver and copper. 
 They reckoned time by the lunar month, and re- 
 garded the sky as the heaven father. 
 
 To the Pelasgians have been assigned the an- 
 cient ruins made of large and massive stones in 
 Greece, Asia Minor, Arabia, Chaldea and India. 
 
 The most Cyclopean wall is at Tiryna near 
 Myocene. It is built of huge stones piled to- 
 gether without mortar. There are also walls of 
 
 116 
 
Cfmes 
 
 stone of various sizes fitted together with nicety, 
 but not laid in courses ; specimens of this kind 
 of wall are found at lulius and at Delphi. Then 
 there are walls of blocks of stone laid in regular 
 courses. At Mycenae there are two subterran- 
 ean chambers built in this way, one much larger 
 than the other; the outer and larger one is cir- 
 cular and arched over. 
 
 Many of the caverns in the mounds of Eng- 
 land, Scotland, Norway, and the Orkney Is- 
 lands are arched over in the same manner. 
 
 The great pyramid in Egypt, at Ghizeh, near 
 Cairo, is the most gigantic structure in the 
 world. The builders had reached a proficiency 
 in mechanical construction. They were able to 
 quarry immense blocks, even of granite, the 
 hardest stone, and to carry them long distances 
 and set them in place in an extraordinary man- 
 ner; some of these immense stones are 30 feet 
 long. 
 
 The base of the pyramid was 768 feet, and the 
 height 480 feet. The pyramid covers 13 acres 
 of space, its sides facing the cardinal points. It 
 is entered from the north by descending a 
 passage 3 feet 5 inches wide, 3 feet n inches 
 high, which leads to a few cells, the largest of 
 which is 17 feet 7 inches wide. The pyramid is 
 a solid mass of stone built in regular course, 
 varying from 2 to 5 feet in thickness, each 
 course receding back from the one below it. 
 The top has a space of about 10 feet square. 
 There are about 100 pyramids in the valley of 
 
Hi D Dies of 
 
 the Nile. The Sphinx has the head of a man 
 and the body of a lion; the height from the 
 floor to the top of the head being 100 feet ; the 
 length is 140 feet, and the breadth across the 
 shoulders is 34 feet. It is cut out of solid rock. 
 
 Specimens of Cyclopean Architecture are 
 found in the walls of Tiryns. They are irregu- 
 lar stones 6 to 9 feet long, 3 to 4 feet wide, and 
 2 to 3 feet deep. No mortar was used; the in- 
 terstices were rilled with spawls or small frag- 
 ments of stone. The walls of Mycenea and of 
 Epirus are more advanced. Here the blocks are 
 fitted together, showing but small joints. They 
 are ascribed to the Pelasgi. This style of build- 
 ing is found in Greece, Italy, Asia Minor, in 
 Persepolis and in several places in Western Eu- 
 rope. The walls of Cuzco and ruins of a house 
 on an island in Lake Titicaca, in Peru, are of 
 the same Cyclopean character. Works of simi- 
 lar character are found in Ireland, Scotland and 
 in England. 
 
 Athens, the principal city of ancient Attica, 
 was built around a central rocky point called the 
 Acropolis, about 1,000 feet from east to west, 
 and 400 feet wide, 900 feet above the Mediter- 
 ranean, and 600 feet above the general level of 
 the town. First it was a stronghold with a fort 
 on top ; the natural elevation was supplemented 
 by walls 200 feet high, said to have been first 
 built by the Pelasgians or Cyclops. It consisted 
 of three parts, the Acropolis, called Polis; the 
 Asty or upper town, and the port towns, Pireaus, 
 
 1x8 
 
THE WORLD-RENOWNED EGYPTIAN SPHINX, A. FIGURE 
 100 FEET HIGH, CUT FROM THE SOLID ROCK AND 
 REPRESENTING THE GOD ARMACHIS. 
 
 {Riddles of Prehistoric Times, p. ilS) 
 
Cimes 
 
 Muychia and Phalerium. The Asty was sur- 
 rounded by immense walls ; three similar walls 
 existed, two long walls, and the Phaleric walls 
 connecting Asty with the port towns. 
 
 The ancient city of Ephesus has a splendid 
 ruin 2^ miles in extent. 
 
 The temple of Diana, the ruins of which, in 
 1871, were discovered after eight years of labor 
 20 feet beneath the surface, under the Mosque 
 of Ayasulek, was a building four times as large 
 as the Parthenon. The ruins of richly fluted 
 columns were abundant. It was one of the seven 
 wonders of the world in ancient times. Some 
 of the fragments are now in the Berlin Mu- 
 seum. 
 
 Ephesus anciently had two splendid harbors, 
 which have since become silted up. West of 
 these ruins are the ruins of the ancient city of 
 Pauionum. Facing this is the Island of Samos, 
 which contained the venerated sanctuary of Hera 
 under the hill of the Acropolis near Khora. Re- 
 cently the subterranean gallery, 4,000 feet long 
 cut into the solid rock, which supplied an aque- 
 duct for the water for use of the ancient people 
 of Samos Island, was discovered. 
 
 The Acropolis at Mycenae is a triangular 
 structure surrounded by a massive wall of huge 
 stones. The gate of Lions is 10 feet wide and 
 10 feet high, tapering toward the top and cov- 
 ered by a huge lintel. Inside the gate is a dou- 
 ble circle of upright stones 80 feet in diameter. 
 In the tombs were found the most ancient speci- 
 
 119 
 
HiDDfCS Of 
 
 mens of Greek pottery, the ornamentation of 
 which consisted of geometric lines, foliage, ma- 
 rine and animal forms. The most important 
 monuments of the lower town are the beehive 
 towers called treasure houses, the most impor- 
 tant of which is that of Attreus. The interior 
 is a circle 50 feet in diameter with same height, 
 domed over, formed by corbelling the horizontal 
 courses of the wall ; the door opens into a square 
 chamber. 
 
 Tiryns in Argolis, Greece, was built on a rock ; 
 it is celebrated for its antiquities, including a 
 Cyclopean wall, gates and a palace. The massive 
 walls of the citadel, built of great blocks, sur- 
 rounds the summit of an oblong hill. 
 
 The ruins of Martu Mirth or Marathos, a city 
 of ancient Phoenicia, before Sidon or Arvad, are 
 5 miles square. They are pyramids of surpris- 
 ing grandeur, constructed of blocks of stone 
 from 26 to 28 feet long, as thick as the height 
 of a tall man, and built partly on the plain and 
 partly on a chain of rocky hills. Some of the 
 structures were hewn out of the rocks. The tem- 
 ple shows a vast court 156 feet wide by 180 
 feet long. The Bed j el Bezziah was a tomb of 
 immense dimensions ; it was built of immense 
 stone, and was formerly crowned with a pyra- 
 mid, as were all Cushite structures. They cov- 
 ered the rough stone with stucco for the purpose 
 of ornamentation. 
 
 There has been uncovered, at Mugher, Chal- 
 dea, a very ancient vault containing clay coffins, 
 
 1 20 
 
Cfme0 
 
 each formed of two large jars placed mouth to 
 mouth and cemented together with bittmen. The 
 vault was 7 feet long, 3 feet 7 inches wide and 
 5 feet high, made of sun-dried brick embedded in 
 mud. The arch is formed, like those in Egyp- 
 tian and Scythean tombs, by each successive lay- 
 ing of flat bricks, overlaying or projecting over 
 the course beneath it, until the two sides are 
 brought so near together as to be covered by a 
 single brick. Various articles of use and orna- 
 ment were interred with the body. Food was 
 sometimes placed in the vaults, together with 
 jars and drinking vessels. 
 
 The temple at Mughen has been accurately ex- 
 amined. On a mound, 20 feet above the level of 
 the plain, stands a rectangular edifice two stories 
 high. The building is 198 feet long, and 133 
 feet wide ; the basement story was 40 feet high. 
 
 The ancient temple at Abu Shahreih, Chal- 
 dea, had two stories, with an ornamented cham- 
 ber at the top. It was built of sun-dried brick, 
 faced with burnt brick. The artificial platform 
 on which the temple is built is made of beaten 
 clay, enclosed with a massive wall of limestone, 
 in some places 20 feet thick. There is a stair- 
 way from the platform to the summit of the first 
 story made with polished marble blocks 22 by 13 
 by 4 l / 2 inches, the bed for which was sun-dried 
 brick. The stone was fastened with copper 
 bolts. At the foot of the staircase were two col- 
 umns, one on each side, made with round sand- 
 stone and marble slabs, in alternate layers until 
 
 121 
 
BtDDles of 
 
 the desired height was attained. They were cov- 
 ered over with lime mortar, in which pebbles 
 were mixed, making a complete covering for the 
 columns. The only ornamentation was on the 
 shrine, the abode of the god, at the top of the 
 temple. 
 
 Agate, alabaster and marble pieces with holes 
 for fastening them on with copper bolts were 
 found, also many gold plates and a number of 
 gold-headed nails. 
 
 Buildings of a late date of construction, at 
 this place, have some arched openings of brick, 
 angling to make the arch. 
 
 There were no windows, the only openings 
 being doors; the doors are placed toward the 
 sides, never in the center of the walls, which 
 is common to the Chaldean and Assyrian build- 
 ings. 
 
 The dead were interred in clay coffins; some- 
 times the dead were laid on a mat similar to 
 what the Ards now make and covered with a 
 burned clay slab, and placed underground, 7 or 
 8 feet at least. Sometimes they contain copper 
 bowls and utensils for food and drink. The jar 
 coffins found are circular, 2^2 to 3 feet deep, and 
 about 2 feet in diameter, one a little larger than 
 the other at the mouth, made so as to slip them 
 together. They each had air holes for escape of 
 gas. 
 
 In the cemeteries the coffins are arranged side 
 by side, often one above the other in several lay- 
 ers; sometimes there is masonry between them, 
 
 122 
 
Cfme 
 
 covered by an artificial mound ; some mounds are 
 paved with brick. The oldest Chaldean pottery 
 are round vases without handles, some with a 
 flaring top, others plainly moulded by hand. 
 Some rude pottery was found representing men 
 and animals. The cylinder signet of King Urkh 
 had a king on a throne with a new moon above 
 him and three figures, two men and a woman, 
 approaching him, the woman being led as if a 
 prisoner. 
 
 The Cyclopean ruins of the treasure house at 
 Mycenae in Greece had arched doorways made 
 by projecting each stone over the one beneath it 
 until an apex was reached, making an arch. In 
 the Cyclopean ruins in Central America and 
 Peru, the same plan was practiced. 
 
 At Cuslap, in Northern Peru, there is a ruin 
 of a wall of huge cut stone, 3,600 feet long and 
 150 feet high. In it were rooms which had been 
 used for tombs. 
 
 Ancient ruins of large stones were found at 
 Heramanga, in Peru, the native tradition being 
 that they had been built by white-bearded men 
 a long time ago. 
 
 The Cyclopean walls in Greece were laid in 
 broken ashlar, irregular courses of immense cut 
 stone. The huge walls in Peru were laid in the 
 identical fashion. 
 
 Dr. Schlieman made very extensive excava- 
 tions at the site of ancient Troy, uncovering 
 seven different cities, one built on the ruins of 
 another; the last the only one being at all near 
 
 123 
 
of 
 
 the historic period, was six feet underground. 
 Far down beneath the surface he uncovered a 
 wall of the second period built of large blocks of 
 stone. Bleeding a patient thought to be pos- 
 sessed of an evil spirit was practiced. 
 
 Jerusalem, commanding the water parting, be- 
 tween the Dead Sea and the Mediterranean, was 
 originally built by the Arabs, Jebusites. It was 
 called El Kods, the holy city. It was on the top 
 of a high hill 2,650 feet above the level of the 
 sea. The hill sloped gently toward the south- 
 west; on three sides were deep ravines, and on 
 the east side was the Valley of Fire. The an- 
 cient caves of Siloam are in this valley. West 
 and south flows the torrent of Hemorona or 
 Gerehmia, so called from the chasm into which 
 the waters fall. On the top was the famous rock 
 of Sakhra, upon which the ancient priests were 
 wont to immolate the victims for sacrifice, the 
 blood flowing through underground passage to 
 the brook of Kedron. Mosques and divers mon- 
 uments now occupy the crest of this ancient hill. 
 Recently excavations brought to light a great 
 many ruins, notably the underground passage. 
 In some places the old foundations of structures 
 were found 100 feet and even 125 feet below the 
 surface. Between the gates of Bethlehem and 
 Damascus a temple of Venus stood formerly. 
 
 Solomon, King of Jerusalem, when he deter- 
 mined to build a temple to the Lord, sent to 
 Hiram, King of Tyre, for material and for 
 skilled workmen like the Sidonians. Hiram gave 
 
 124 
 
Cimes 
 
 Solomon cedar trees from Lebanon and fir trees 
 for the temple. The building was 60 cubits 
 long, 20 cubits wide and 30 cubits high. The 
 porch before the temple was 20 cubits long and 
 2 cubits wide ; and against the walls of the tem- 
 ple round about were built chambers. 
 
 The temple was built of stone made ready be- 
 fore they were brought to the building, so that 
 there was no tool to be heard in the building of 
 the temple. It was covered with beams and 
 boards of cedar. The chambers were built five 
 cubits high with cedar. The floor was of panels 
 of fir. The temple was forty cubits long within. 
 The cedar of the building was carved with knobs 
 and flowers, covering entirely the stone work. In 
 the oracle there was prepared a place for the Ark 
 of the covenant overlaid with gold, and the altar 
 was covered with gold. Within the oracle were 
 placed two cherubims of olive wood 15 feet high. 
 
 The cherubims were overlaid with gold. There 
 was lily work in the wood work of the porches 
 and pomegranates carved thereon. The founda- 
 tion was built of great stones, some ten cubits 
 and some with eight cubits; and the court 
 around about was three rows of hewn stones, 
 both for the inner court of the house of the Lord, 
 and for the porch of the house. 
 
 125 
 
of 
 
 CHAPTER VIII. 
 
 LEMURIA. 
 
 In very early days, near the beginning of the 
 life of man or earth, there was a land south of 
 India embracing Ceylon and extending westward 
 across the continent of Africa, was the Island of 
 Lemuria. The inhabitants of this island were 
 short, dark men of the Iberian race, like the 
 Bushmen of South Africa. They it was who 
 were the first and original inhabitants of 
 northern Africa, southern and western Europe, 
 and southern Asia, until they were supplanted 
 by a fair, larger and more powerful race. Part 
 of this island sank in the Indian Ocean, leaving 
 Mallacca, Ceylon, Bornea, and the part across 
 the continent of Africa still above the sea. 
 
 It is supposed by many that the human race 
 began and spread to all parts of Asia, Africa 
 and the islands of the Pacific Ocean from this 
 Island of Lemuria. The dark colored races of 
 men probably emanated from Lemuria. They 
 were a superstitious people. It was here the idea 
 of Devils arose, sacrifices to propitiate them be- 
 ing common. 
 
 Side by side with the Hottentots in South 
 
 126 
 
{Riddles of Prehistoric Times. p. 126) 
 
Ctme0 
 
 Africa live a remarkable little people known as 
 Bushmen, akin in race and speech to the 
 dwarfish races found in Central Africa. They 
 are lighter in color, being a dirty yellow. So 
 small are they that the ordinary adult is not 
 larger than an European child of eleven years. 
 They have tiny weazened faces, the wool on their 
 heads growing in small tufts, with naked spaces 
 between. 
 
 In many respects they seem to be a link be- 
 tween humanity and brutes. They have a 
 language so elemental that it is difficult to ex- 
 press the simplest ideas. They have no word 
 for wife or marriage, and their minds appear to 
 be in the same condition as their language. They 
 possess, however, a very curious imitative skill. 
 They live under the shelving rocks, in caves. 
 They make rude pictures of men and animals. 
 They are probably descendants of and are like 
 the original inhabitants of Lemuria. 
 
 All the ancient prehistoric civilizations were 
 akin, and drew their inspirations and ideas from 
 a common fountain. In very ancient times Le- 
 muria furnished the peoples which populated 
 Southern Asia, all of Africa, Southern and 
 Western Europe and that these inhabitants were 
 superseded by a more cultured people, who had 
 been a long while in attaining a culture, in per- 
 fecting their architecture, their arts, and their 
 religion. That religion was that of the sun wor- 
 shipers, embracing Phallic worship and a ven- 
 eration of the Serpent as the embodiment of 
 
 127 
 
HiDDies of 
 
 wisdom. The seat of this culture was probably 
 the Island of Atlantis, where a very high degree 
 of culture had been attained. The rulers of this 
 island became the gods of all the said ancient 
 peoples. 
 
 The Maous of New Zealand and Polynesian 
 people in general have traditional hymns, which 
 give an account of creation becoming out of 
 nothing, out of which came the world and the 
 gods, Rangi and Popa, who in turn begat gods 
 in vegetable and animal form and made some of 
 clay. Some of the gods were in the form of 
 fishes and lizards. Some lived in water and 
 some on land. Mani was the great hero of the 
 supernatural race among them. He placed the 
 sun and moon in their proper place. He in- 
 duced the sun to move in his course by beating it. 
 He slew monsters ; he invented fish hooks, and 
 was the inventor of fire. He was a great sor- 
 cerer and magician. He attempted to pass 
 through the body of Night, but Night was 
 awakened by a bird and devoured Mani, hence 
 men die. The Sun performed the feat Mani at- 
 tempted, and passed through Night unharmed. 
 
 The Zulus worshiped ancestors who appear to 
 men in the form of serpents. They regarded a 
 being called Unkulmukulu as their first ancestor 
 or the maker of men. They are absorbed in 
 propitiating their dead ancestors, and have 
 legends which resemble the myths of Greece, 
 and the legends of European people. 
 
 The people of the Southern Pacific Islands, 
 
 128 
 
Prehistoric Cime0 
 
 New Hebrides and Banks Islands were also an- 
 cestor worshipers; they worship a being Iqat; a 
 prehuman being endowed with supernatural 
 powers. He mysteriously disappeared ; when the 
 white men appeared, the people thought Iqat 
 had returned. 
 
 The Ahts of Vancouver Island believed that 
 Quawteaht was the divine being, the first creator 
 of men. He married Tootah, a thunder bird, 
 and became the progenator of the Indians. As 
 a deity he is inferior only to the sun and moon. 
 He taught men the use of fire. 
 
 The Thinklets regarded Yehl as their god. In 
 his youth he shot a supernatural crane, and he 
 could thereafter always fly about with the feath- 
 ers. His great rival was Khanukh, the ancestor 
 of the wolf race. Yehl taught men to use fire. 
 He had the power of assuming different forms 
 and of flying in the air like other sorcerers. 
 Among the Cahroc and Novagoes, Ceyloi is the 
 fire stealer and the supernatural creative being. 
 Among the Tiuneks a miraculous dog is the chief 
 divine, who has the power to transform himself 
 into a man. 
 
 On Easter Island, in the Pacific Ocean, 2,000 
 miles from South America, were found hundreds 
 of gigantic stone images standing upright, some 
 30 to 40 feet high and some higher. The 
 crowns on their heads were cut out of red sand- 
 stone and are 10 feet in diameter, the head and 
 neck being 20 feet high. It must have taken a 
 large amount of labor to have erected them. 
 
 129 
 
UiDDles of 
 
 There have recently been found upon some of 
 the structures on this island hieroglyphic writ- 
 ings as if the ancient Malayan civilization who 
 erected the statues had attained a high degree of 
 culture and learned to write. 
 
 130 
 
prehistoric Cimes 
 
 CHAPTER IX. 
 
 BEFORE THE FLOOD. 
 
 When primitive men in their migrations en- 
 countered a wide river or a sea, it seemed to cir- 
 cumscribe and limit their further progress. 
 Necessity being the mother of invention led them 
 to construct floats and rafts of light material, 
 developing in time into hollow boats, which en- 
 abled them to extend their migrations ; what 
 seemed an unsurmountable barrier developed 
 into an easy means of transportation. It is ever 
 thus. Obstacles frequently are blessings in dis- 
 guise. The evidences of the peopling of the lands 
 adjoining the Mediterranean Sea, China, India, 
 the Indian Ocean on all sides, the British Isles, 
 North, Central and South America, show the 
 original settlements were made by men who used 
 boats. Their architectural remains show that 
 each and all were the same people, bearing with 
 them the same ideas from their original home. 
 The unsolved problem, is where was that home ; 
 an examination of the map of the world will 
 show that all must have radiated from a com- 
 mon center, which evidently was somewhere in 
 the Atlantic Ocean, from which they went in all 
 directions. 
 
of 
 
 Plato, a descendant of Solon, described the in- 
 terview between Solon and the Priests of Sais 
 in Egypt. When Solon began to talk of the tra- 
 ditions of Greece, one of the priests said : "You 
 Greeks are mere children, talkative and vain. 
 You know nothing at all of the past. Being 
 destitute of letters/' continued the priest, "you 
 forget all and have to begin over again as chil- 
 dren, and know nothing of what happened in 
 ancient times. As for the things you have been 
 recounting, they are like children's tales. You 
 remember one deluge only; there have been 
 many. Many thousands of years ago your citi- 
 zens were the noblest in their actions, the great- 
 est exceeding all the rest. There was a mighty 
 power which was wantonly aggressing against 
 the whole of Europe and Asia, to which aggres- 
 sion your people put an end. This power came 
 out of the Atlantic Ocean from an island in 
 front of the straits of Heracles." This island 
 was larger than Libya and Asia together, and 
 was the way to other islands. 
 
 On this island was a great and wonderful em- 
 pire which ruled over the islands of the conti- 
 nent. They subjected parts of Libya as far as 
 Egypt and Europe as far as Tyrrhenia. The 
 ancient Greeks defeated this power and liberated 
 all other people within the straits of Heracles. 
 
 Afterwards there was an earthquake and 
 floods, and in a single day and night the island 
 of Atlantis sunk beneath the sea, and that is the 
 reason parts of the Atlantic is unnavigable by 
 
 132 
 
(Riddles of Prehistoric Times. p. 
 
prehistoric Cimes 
 
 reason of the shallow seas; 9,000 years Have 
 passed since that time. 
 
 Poseidon, receiving from Zeus the island of 
 Atlantis as his share, begat children by a mortal 
 woman, and settled them in a part of the island. 
 On the side toward the sea, and in the center 
 of the whole island, there was a plain which is 
 said to have been the fairest of all plains and 
 very fertile. Near the plain, in the center of the 
 island, at a distance of about fifty stadia, there 
 was a mountain, not very high on any side. In 
 this mountain there dwelt one of the earth-born, 
 primeval men of that country, whose name was 
 Evenor ; he had a wife named Leucippe, and they 
 had an only daughter, who was named Cleito. 
 The maiden was growing up to womanhood 
 when her father and mother died; Poseidon fell 
 in love with her, and, breaking the ground, en- 
 closed the hill in which she dwelt with alternate 
 zones of sea and land, equidistant every way, 
 so that no man could get to the island. 
 
 He also begat five pairs of male children. Di- 
 viding the island of Atlantis into ten portions, 
 he gave to the first born of the eldest pair his 
 mother's dwelling and the surrounding allot- 
 ment, and made him king over the rest. The 
 others he made princes, and gave them rule over 
 many men and a large territory. The eldest was 
 King Atlas, and from him the whole island and 
 the ocean received the name of Atlantis. To his 
 twin brother, who was born after him, and ob- 
 tained as his lot the extremity of the island to- 
 
 133 
 
RiDBles of 
 
 ward the Pillars of Heracles, as far as the coun- 
 try which is still called the region of Gades in 
 that part of the world, he gave the name which 
 in the Hellenic language is Emelus, and in the 
 language of the country which is named after 
 him, Gadeirus. 
 
 Now Atlas had a numerous and honorable 
 family, and his eldest branch always retained 
 the kingdom. They had such wealth as was 
 never before possessed by kings and potentates, 
 and is not likely to be again. Orichalcum, now 
 only a name, was dug out of the earth in many 
 parts of the island, and, with the exception of 
 gold, was esteemed the most precious metal 
 among the men of those days. 
 
 There was an abundance of wood and many 
 tame and wild animals. Moreover there were a 
 great number of elephants in the island ; there was 
 a provision for animals of every kind, both for 
 those which live in lakes and marshes and riv- 
 ers, and also for those which live in mountains 
 and on plains, and therefore for the animal 
 which is the largest and most voracious of them. 
 Also, whatever fragrant things there are in the 
 earth, whether roots, herbage, or woods, or dis- 
 tilling drops of flowers or fruits, grew and 
 thrived in that land; the cultivated fruit of the 
 earth, both the dry edible fruit and other species 
 of food, which we call by the general name of 
 legumes; and the fruits having a hard rind, af- 
 fording drinks, and meats, and ointments, and a 
 good store of chestnuts and the like, which may 
 
Prehistoric Cimes 
 
 be used to play with, and are fruits which spoil 
 with keeping, and the pleasant kinds of dessert 
 which console us after dinner, when we are full 
 and tired of eating all these that sacred island 
 lying beneath the sun brought forth fair and 
 wondrous in infinite abundance. All these things 
 they received from the earth, and they employed 
 themselves in constructing their temples and pal- 
 aces, harbors and docks. They arranged the 
 whole country in the following manner: first 
 they bridged over the Zones of sea which sur- 
 rounded the ancient metropolis, and made a 
 passage into and out of the royal palace ; then 
 they began to build the palace, the habitation of 
 god and their ancestors. This they continued 
 to ornament in successive generations, every 
 king surpassing the one who came before him to 
 the utmost of his power, until they made the 
 building a marvel to behold for size and beauty. 
 And, beginning from the sea, they dug a canal 
 300 feet in width and 100 feet in depth, and fifty 
 stadia in length, which they carried through to 
 the utmost zone, making a passage from the sea 
 up to this, which became a harbor, and leaving 
 an opening sufficient to enable the largest vessels 
 to find ingress. Moreover, they divided the 
 zones of land which parted the zones of the sea, 
 constructing bridges of such a width as would 
 leave a passage for a single trireme to pass out 
 of one into the other, and roofed them over; 
 and there was a way underneath for the ships, 
 for the banks of the zones were raised consid- 
 
 135 
 
UiDDIes of 
 
 erably above the water. Now the largest of the 
 zones into which a passage was cut from the 
 sea was three stadia in breadth, and the zone on 
 land which came next was of equal breadth ; but 
 the next two as well the zone of water as well 
 as the zone of land were only a stadia in width. 
 
 The island in which the palace was situated 
 had a diameter of five stadia. This, and the 
 zones and the bridge, which was the sixth part 
 of a stadium in width, were surrounded by a 
 stone wall ; on either side was placed towers, and 
 gates on the bridges where the sea passed in. 
 
 Some of their buildings were simple, but in 
 others they put together different stones, which 
 they intermingled for the sake of ornament to be 
 a natural source of delight. The entire circuit of 
 the wall, which went round the outermost one, 
 they covered with a coating of brass, and the 
 circuit of the next wall they coated with tin, and 
 the third, which encompassed the citadel, flashed 
 with the red of orichalcum. The palaces in the 
 interior of the citadel were constructed in this 
 manner. In the center was a holy temple dedi- 
 cated to Cleito and Poseidon, which remained in- 
 accessible, and was surrounded by an enclosure 
 of gold. This was the spot in which they origi- 
 nally begat the race of the ten princes, and 
 thither they annually brought the fruits of the 
 earth from all the ten portions, and performed 
 sacrifices. Here, too, was Poseidon's own tem- 
 ple, of a stadium in length and half a stadium in 
 width, and of a proportionate height. The ex- 
 
 136 
 
prehistoric Cimca 
 
 terior of the temple, with the exception of the 
 pinnacles, was gold. In the interior of the tem- 
 ple the roof was of ivory, adorned everywhere 
 with gold and silver and orichalcum. All the 
 other parts of the walls and pillars and the floor 
 they lined with orichalcum. In the temple they 
 placed statues of gold. There was the god him- 
 self standing in a chariot drawn by six winged 
 horses, and of such a size that he touched the 
 roof of the building with his head; around him 
 were a hundred Nereids riding on dolphins, for 
 such was thought to be the number of them in 
 that day. There were also, in the interior of the 
 temple, other images which had been dedicated 
 to private individuals. Around the temple, on 
 the outside, were placed statues of gold of all the 
 ten kings and of their wives; and there were 
 many other offerings, both of kings and private 
 individuals, coming both from the city itself and 
 the foreign cities over which they held sway. 
 There was an altar, too, which in size and work- 
 manship corresponded to the rest of the work, 
 and there were palace 
 
 In the next place -w^ fountains both of cold 
 and hot springs, very abundant, and wonderfully 
 adapted for use by reason of the sweetness and 
 excellence of their waters. They constructed 
 buildings about them, which they roofed over, 
 to be used in winter as warm baths. There were 
 the king's baths, and the baths of private per- 
 sons, which were kept apart ; also separate baths 
 for women, and others again for horses and cat- 
 
 137 
 
BiDfilcs of 
 
 tie, and to tHem they gave such adornment as 
 was suitable for them. The water which ran off 
 they carried, some to the grove of Posiedon, 
 where were growing all manner of trees of won- 
 derful height and beauty, owing to the excellence 
 of the soil; and the remainder was conveyed by 
 aqueducts which passed over the bridges to the 
 outer circles. And there were many temples 
 built and dedicated to many gods; also gardens 
 and places of exercise, some for men, and some 
 set apart for horses, in both of the two islands 
 formed by the zones. And in the center of the 
 larger of the two there was a race course of a 
 stadium in width, and in length allowed to ex- 
 tend all round the island. Also there were 
 guard houses at intervals for the bodyguard, the 
 more trusted of whom had their duties appointed 
 to them in the lesser zone, which was nearer the 
 Acropolis, while the most trusted of all had 
 houses given them within the citadel, and about 
 the persons of the kings. The docks were full 
 of ships and naval stores. Crossing the outer 
 harbors, which were three in number, there was 
 a wall which began at the sea and went all 
 round; this was everywhere distant fifty stadia 
 from the largest zone and harbor, and enclosed 
 the whole, meeting at the mouth of the channel 
 toward the sea. The entire area was densely 
 crowded with habitations; the canal and the 
 largest harbors were full of vessels and mer- 
 chants coming from all parts, who from their 
 numbers kept up a multitudinous sound of hu- 
 
 138 
 
Prehistoric Cime0 
 
 man voices and din night and day. The whole 
 country was described as being very lofty and 
 precipitous on the side of the sea, but that imme- 
 diately surrounding the city was a level plain, 
 itself surrounded by mountains which descended 
 toward the sea. It was smooth and even, but of 
 an oblong shape, extending in one direction 3,000 
 stadia. 
 
 The surrounding mountains were celebrated 
 for their number, size and beauty, in which they 
 exceeded all that are now to be seen anywhere. 
 
 And of the inhabitants there was also a vast 
 multitude having leaders, to whom they were as- 
 signed according to their dwellings and villages. 
 The leader was required to furnish the sixth por- 
 tion of a war chariot, so as to make up the total 
 of ten thousand chariots; also two horses with 
 riders, and the light chariot without a seat, ac- 
 companied by a fighting man on foot carrying a 
 small shield, and having a charioteer mounted 
 to guide the horses; also he was bound to fur- 
 nish two heavy armed men, two archers, two 
 slingers, three stone shooters and three javelin 
 men, who were skirmishers and four sailors to 
 make up a complement of twelve hundred ships. 
 Such was the order of war in the royal city. 
 Each of the ten kings in his own division and in 
 his own city, had the absolute control of the 
 citizens, and in many cases of the laws, punish- 
 ing and slaying whomsoever he would. 
 
 Now the relations of their governments to one 
 another were regulated by the injunctions of 
 
 139 
 
UiDDles of 
 
 Posiedon as the law had handed them down. 
 These were inscribed by the first men on a col- 
 umn of crichalcum, which was situated in the 
 middle of the island, at the temple of Poseidon, 
 whither the people were gathered together every 
 fifth and sixth years alternately, thus giving 
 equal honor to the odd and to the even number. 
 And when they were gathered together they 
 consulted about public affairs, enquired if any 
 one had transgressed, passed judgment and gave 
 their pledges to one another in this wise; there 
 were bulls who had the range of the temple of 
 Poseidon, and the ten who were left alone in the 
 temple, after they had offered prayers to the 
 gods that they might take the sacrifices which 
 were acceptable to them, hunted the bulls with- 
 out weapons, but with staves and nooses; and 
 the bull which they caught they led up to the 
 column. The victim was then struck on the head 
 and slain over the sacred inscription. 
 
 Now on the column, besides the law, there 
 was inscribed an oath invoking mighty curses on 
 the disobedient. When, therefore, after offering 
 sacrifices according to their customs, they had 
 burnt the limbs of the bull, they mingled a cup 
 and cast in a clot of blood for each of them ; the 
 rest of the victim they took to the fire, after hav- 
 ing made a purification of the column all round. 
 Then they drew from the cup in golden vessels, 
 and, pouring a libration on the fire, they swore 
 that they would judge according to the laws on 
 the column, and would punish any one who had 
 
 140 
 
Cime0 
 
 transgressed, and that for the future they would 
 not transgress, and would not commend or obey 
 any ruler who commanded them to act other- 
 wise than according to the laws. This was the 
 prayer which each of them offered up for him- 
 self and for his family, at the same time drink- 
 ing and dedicating the vessel in the temple of 
 the god. After spending some necessary time at 
 supper, when darkness came on and the fire 
 about the sacrifice was cool, all of them put on 
 most beautiful azure robes, and, sitting on the 
 ground at night, near the embers of the sacri- 
 fices on which they had sworn, and extinguish- 
 ing all the fire about the temple, they considered 
 and gave judgment. If any of them had any 
 accusation to bring against any one, he was 
 judged, and, when they had given judgment, at 
 daybreak, they wrote down their sentences on a 
 golden tablet, and deposited them as memorials 
 with their robes. There were many special laws 
 which several kings had inscribed about the tem- 
 ples, but the most important were the following : 
 They were not to take up arms against one an- 
 other, and they were all to come to the rescue if 
 any one in any city attempted to overthrow the 
 royal house. Like their ancestors, they were to 
 deliberate in common about war and other mat- 
 ters, giving the supremacy to the family of Atlas. 
 The king was not to have the power of life and 
 death over any of his kinsmen, unless he had the 
 assent of the majority of the ten kings. 
 As long as the divine nature lasted in them, 
 
 141 
 
of 
 
 they were obedient to the laws, and well affected 
 toward the gods, their kinsmen. They practiced 
 gentleness and wisdom in various affairs of life, 
 and in their intercourse with one another. They 
 despised everything but virtue, not caring for 
 their present state of life, and thinking lightly 
 on the possession of gold and other property, 
 which seemed only a burden to them. Neither 
 were they intoxicated by luxury, nor did wealth 
 deprive them of their self-control ; but they were 
 sober, and saw clearly that all these goods were 
 increased by virtuous friendship with one an- 
 other. 
 
 But when the divine spirit began to fade away 
 and became diluted too often and with too much 
 mortal admixture, the human nature got the up- 
 perhand, and then they, being unable to bear 
 their fortune, became unseemly, and to him who 
 had an eye to see, they began to appear base, and 
 lost the fairest of their precious gifts. 
 
 Atlantis is not a myth, but was in fact a large 
 island in the Atlantic Ocean, long since engulfed 
 in the seas, during a glacial period. 
 
 Diodorus Siculus wrote: "Opposite Africa 
 lies an island which on account of its magnitude 
 is worthy to be mentioned. It is several days 
 distant from Africa ; it has a fertile soil, many 
 mountains and not a few plains unexcelled in 
 their beauty. It is watered by many navigable 
 rivers, and there are to be found estates in abun- 
 dance adorned with fine buildings." 
 
 In the Norse Mythology Atlantis is referred 
 
 142 
 
Cfmc0 
 
 to as Asgard, the abode of the Asa gods. In 
 the Younger Eddas is the story of the visit of 
 Glyfe, a Swedish King, to Asgard, the abode of 
 the gods, where Odin instructs him. 
 
 Plato wrote that 9,000 years before his time 
 the island of Atlantis had been sunk in the sea. 
 Now this would be at a time when the Northern 
 Hemisphere was having its excess of winter and 
 an ice cap had formed at the North Pole. 
 
 In Genesis 6 it is recorded that after seven 
 days of rain, on the seventeenth day of the 
 month, the fountains of the deep were broken 
 up ; that is, the waters of the ocean came up and 
 the ground was covered with water. 
 
 By the aid of deep sea soundings, the bed of 
 the Atlantic Ocean has been mapped out, show- 
 ing a ridge of great elevation to exist. This 
 ridge extends from about fifty degrees north lati- 
 tude, southwesterly toward the coast of South 
 America, thence in a southeasterly direction to- 
 ward the coast of Africa, then south to the is- 
 land of Tristan D Acumba. This ridge rises 
 something like 9,000 feet each side above the 
 ocean depths around it ; the Azores, St. Paul 
 Ascension and Tristan D Acumba are mountain 
 points whose heads remain above the water. The 
 Atlantic in some parts is some 21,000 feet deep. 
 The top of this ridge or plain is in some places, 
 but a few hundred feet below the surface of the 
 ocean, the surface of the plain beneath the wa- 
 ters being covered with volcanic debris. 
 
 On this island, according to Plato's story, they 
 
 143 
 
RfODIe0 of 
 
 were builders of immense stone structures ; their 
 architects, the Toltecs, went, some to Mexico, 
 some to China, some to India and Chaldea, some 
 to Arabia and Egypt, some to Mexico, some to 
 the Central United States, some to Yucatan, Cen- 
 tral America; some to Peru, Ireland, England, 
 Scotland, Denmark, Norway; some to Africa, 
 Asia Minor and Southern Europe, where they 
 left the impress of their work in the stone struc- 
 tures, ruins of which still attest their presence 
 and work. The structures in all the places show a 
 similarity of thought, idea and art of construc- 
 tion which cannot have been accidental, but all 
 evidently copied from like structures of their 
 original place of abode; stone work was done 
 in identical manner, but the ornamentations were 
 also identical. Their religious structures were, 
 too, the same. 
 
 The Palace of Posiedon, after being con- 
 structed, was ornamented by each successive ad- 
 ministration ; was beautified and ornamented 
 with ivory, gold silver, until it must have been 
 the most magnificent structure that has ever been 
 constructed in the world and was the model 
 from which temples were constructed by these 
 people wherever they went, and when Solomon 
 wanted to build a temple at Jerusalem he sent 
 for Hiram, King of Tyre, who was skilled in 
 architecture evidently from the models of At- 
 lantis. 
 
 The Norse legends of Eddas describing As- 
 gard, the home of Odin, describes the sub- 
 
 144 
 
Cfmeg 
 
 mergence of the Island of Poseidon with its 
 sixty-four millions of inhabitants. 
 
 It was probably on Atlantis the ideas of the 
 Greek Mythologies took their rise, Poseidon, At- 
 las and Zeus were probably kings and rulers in 
 Atlantis or, as the island was sometimes called, 
 the Island of Poseidon. It was here there arose 
 the religious ideas of the Ancient Druids. 
 
 The people of Atlantis seem to have had a 
 patriarchal way of living, each family living as 
 an entity itself with the house father as priest 
 of Zeus. This is manifest in the civilizations of 
 the Aryans, Ethiopians, Egyptians, the Peruvi- 
 ans, the Mexicans, the people of Central Amer- 
 ica, of China, India, Babylon, as well as the Zuni 
 Indians and Mound Builders in United States. 
 
 Solon said the mountains surrounding the 
 great plain of Atlantis had many habitations of 
 the wealthy inhabitants erected on their slopes. 
 
 This custom seems to have been followed by 
 the Pirunas of Cuzco, who terraced the moun- 
 tains on each of the valley of the Zucay for sites 
 for their residence. 
 
 The system of land tenure on Atlantis seems 
 to have been on the theory that all land belonged 
 to the general community apportioned among the 
 different families equally, and at stated periods 
 part to the ruler and part to the priests, for the 
 maintenance of worship, for the sick, aged and 
 infirm. The produce when raised belonged to 
 the ruler as representative of the community, and 
 of which each person was entitled to mainte- 
 
 145 
 
Eli D Dies of 
 
 nance under the direction of officers appointed 
 for that duty. 
 
 Sun and fire worship was conducted by a 
 retinue of priests for the celebration of cere- 
 monies. Magnificent temples resplendent with 
 gold were built, a Sun disk of gold being placed 
 so that at sunrise, the disk receiving the rays of 
 the sun reflected them into the interior of the 
 temple, and lighted it up. This custom was ex- 
 tant in Peru at the time of the Spanish conquest, 
 and still continues in the Shinto ceremonies in 
 Japan. 
 
 The people of Atlantis seem to have realized 
 that the road to perfect life in this world lay in 
 good will toward all men, control of thought and 
 purity of action and unselfishness, and that these 
 virtues were the necessary preliminaries to the 
 attainment of the highest life; that sacrifices 
 should be made only of the first fruits and flow- 
 ers, such as were made by Cain. 
 
 The existence, on the continents of America, 
 of men, implements, plants, trees and animals 
 nearly identical with those found upon the conti- 
 nents of Africa and Europe, would seem to indi- 
 cate that at some time in the past there had been 
 land communication between the continents. The 
 plants found existing on the other side of the 
 ocean seem to have entered the western continent 
 from the eastern shore ; very few species were 
 able to find their way to the western side of the 
 Rocky Mountains. 
 
 The plantain or banana, a native of tropical 
 
 146 
 
Cimcs 
 
 Asia or Africa, was found in Mexico and South 
 America, as well as on the West India Islands. 
 How could this plant which is now seedless and 
 cannot stand a sea voyage get to America? Its 
 root is treelike and requires great care in trans- 
 portation. It must have been under culture by man 
 a long period to have developed into what it is. 
 
 Ireland, the most westerly land of Europe, 
 was nearest to the island of Atlantis. The an- 
 cient Sanscrit writings refer to Ireland as Hy- 
 rania, the Island of the Sun or sun worshipers. 
 The Greeks called it Ogygia, very ancient. 
 
 The ancient Irish Historians tell of Ireland be- 
 ing settled before the flood by Formorians led 
 by the Lady, Banblia or Kesair, her maiden name 
 being h'Erni or Berba. She had with her three 
 men, Beth, Lahdia and Furtain. The Formori- 
 ans were said to be descended from Noah; they 
 lived by piracy. 
 
 Their chief god was Baal, Bel from whom 
 Belfast was named, the god of the Sun. On cer- 
 tain days in the year all the fires were ex- 
 tinguished and a new fire was kindled by the 
 priests from the Sun's rays. 
 
 The Celtic deities were Ogma of the Sunlike 
 face, son of Eladan or Elnathan, and Ana, his 
 wife, mother of the Gos and of Aed (fire). A 
 daughter, Bridget, was the Goddess of wisdom 
 and judgment. Her sons were Suthor or Lor or 
 MacCuill, the Sea God; Tuthor or Mac Cecht, 
 the ruler of the Sky and Heaven, and Certher or 
 MacGrein, the God of Earth. 
 
 147, 
 
of 
 
 CHAPTER X. 
 
 AS IT IS WRITTEN. 
 
 All over the world are traditions as to a flood. 
 The story of Plato relative to the Island of At- 
 lantis, that about nine thousand years before 
 that time, some eleven thousand four hundred 
 years ago, the island in the Atlantic Ocean was 
 said to have been engulfed in the sea, and dis- 
 appeared under the water. This was evidently 
 the same flood described in the Bible. This was 
 the last flood in the northern hemisphere; there 
 has been one since in the southern hemisphere. 
 
 There have been many floods which were not 
 traditions among men, but the geology of the 
 earth's structure shows them to have been in- 
 numerable, alternating from the northern to the 
 southern hemisphere and back again in each ten 
 thousand six hundred years. 
 
 When the floods came the inhabitants were 
 destroyed or driven toward the equator, and the 
 land they had occupied was buried beneath the 
 sea. 
 
 On examination of the ancient tradition, 
 myths and accounts which have been made in 
 the past, comparison is useful in trying to 
 
 148 
 
Cimes 
 
 fathom the beginning of things. The biblical 
 account is similar to the Babylonian, was prob- 
 ably of Babylonian origin, and was brought by 
 the Jews after their return back from the cap- 
 tivity. 
 
 The Hebrew account of creation and of early 
 man is contained in the composite narratives 
 given in Genesis. The first chapter and the first 
 three verses of the second chapter seem to be the 
 first narrative. It gives an account of creation, 
 of the world, vegetation, animals and water on 
 the land, and man in the order which probably 
 has been the course of creation. The days stated 
 in the record evidently mean periods of time, not 
 days of twenty-four hours. This record de- 
 clares Lord God was the creator, and it declares 
 when he created man, God said unto him, "Be 
 fruitful and multiply and replenish the earth, 
 and subdue it, have dominion over the fish in the 
 sea, the fowl in the air, and every living thing." 
 
 In the balance of Chapter 2, after the first 
 three verses, there seems to be an account drawn 
 from different sources, wherein it is stated that 
 at the time of the creation of man, there was 
 no plant upon the earth. That only a mist had 
 gone up out of the ground when man was made 
 and after creation of man, God planted a gar- 
 den and put man in it. In this garden Adam and 
 Eve were tempted by a serpent, and violated the 
 commands of Jehovah, for which they were 
 cursed and driven out. 
 
 Cain and Abel offered up the first fruits of 
 
 149 
 
IRiDDlCS Of 
 
 the field and of the flock, which was an early 
 manifestation of the act of sacrifice. Jealousy 
 caused Cain to kill Abel, and he was driven 
 forth a wanderer. He seemed to be afraid that 
 he would meet other people and whoever found 
 him would kill him. He went eastward and 
 found a wife in the land of Nod. In Genesis, 
 Chapter 6, it is declared that men began to mul- 
 tiply on the face of the ground and daughters 
 were born to them, that the sons of God probably 
 the Aryans from central Europe saw the daugh- 
 ters of man, that they were fair, and they took 
 wives of all that they choose. Giants were 
 upon the earth in those days, and when the sons 
 of God came in unto the daughters of men and 
 they bore children, the children became mighty 
 men that were of old, men of renown. 
 
 The Jehovah of the Hebrew scriptures is the 
 tribal God of the Jews. He protects them, he 
 helps them fight and destroy their enemies; he 
 is worshiped to the exclusion of all other gods. 
 The conception was not of a God over all the 
 universe ; he was a partial God, who became 
 angry and vengeful. It was an entirely different 
 conception from the God of Isaiah and of Jesus. 
 
 The Hebrew people were a patriarchial or- 
 ganization. Their religious ideas are directly 
 traceable to ancestor worship; Abraham is 
 looked upon as a remote ancestor. The God of 
 Abraham, Jehovah, was an ancestral divinity, 
 who looked after the interest of his clan. 
 
 The evolution of the concept of God, as evi- 
 
 150 
 
Prehistoric Cimes 
 
 denced in the Bible, is a wonderful indication of 
 the growth of the Hebrew intellect. Jehovah, 
 the tribal God of the Jews, was a very crude con- 
 ception of a God, a being who could get angry 
 and vengeful like a brutal man; a being who 
 had respect for the bloody sacrifice of Abel, but 
 had none for that of Cain; a being who was "a 
 jealous God, visiting the sins of the fathers on 
 the children, to the third and fourth genera- 
 tions." The commandment, "Honor thy father 
 and thy mother that the days may be long in the 
 land which the Lord, thy God, giveth thee," is 
 a clear exhortation to Ancestor Worship. Je- 
 hovah was the ancestral God of the Jews. He 
 was to be propitiated by sacrifice of men and 
 animals; the first born of the family and of the 
 flocks, and herds were to be given as a burnt 
 offering. When he was angry his anger might 
 be appeased by a hearty meal given in sacrifice. 
 
 The Hebrew mind, in the course of time, 
 formed an entirely different conception of the 
 Creator, which was more in accord with the 
 kindliness and goodness exhibited toward man- 
 kind by the ruler of the universe. 
 
 This conception was vastly changed when 
 Isaiah wrote, "Hear the word of the Lord: 
 * * * <TO what purpose is the multitude of 
 your sacrifices unto me?' saith the Lord: I am 
 full of the burnt offerings of rams and the fat 
 of fed beasts." 
 
 Jesus said unto Matthew : "If thou bring thy 
 gift to the altar and there rememberest that thy 
 
RiDDlCS Of 
 
 brother hath aught against thee ; leave there thy 
 gift before the altar, and go thy way; first be 
 reconciled to thy brother, and then come and 
 offer thy gift." 
 
 The later God is a being to be loved and re- 
 vered, and has the effect of making men love 
 and be kindly toward their fellow men, to regard 
 all other men as brothers, children of the same 
 father. The God described by Jesus as a father 
 regarding his children in a kindly manner is an 
 infinitely grander conception of a God than Jeho- 
 vah the God of Moses, it shows a wonderful evo- 
 lution of the concept of the Almighty, who from 
 all that may be ascertained by men to be a being 
 who is goodness itself, who hath regard for the 
 welfare and happiness of his children on earth, 
 whose mercy is sublime, whose attitude toward 
 man is kindliness and paternal regard. That all 
 ideas of harshness or cruelty in volume is but the 
 emanations of the mind of cruel and vengeful 
 men who wrongly imagine the Almighty to be 
 influenced by a spirit of revenge against men 
 who do not follow the dictation of priests, 
 which is without foundation in anything except 
 the depraved notions of such men. That there 
 is in fact no such thing as eternal punishment 
 for men for anything they may do in life. Men 
 are beginning to realize that there is no such 
 condition as hell or a being such as a personal 
 devil is portrayed to be. That the Almighty is 
 too good, too kindly, too just to consign any 
 human being to such a condition. That the cor- 
 
 152 
 
Cfmes 
 
 rect estimate of the character of God tends to 
 make men more kindly, just, and altruistic like 
 the good Samaritan described by Jesus in the 
 parable. That such a spirit is growing through- 
 out the world and men are growing better, more 
 honest, and more true by the influence of such 
 a conception than ever before. That the minds 
 of men all over the world are permeated with 
 ideas of friendliness and good will toward each 
 other. Nations are trying to solve the problem 
 of universal peace such as never before, and 
 are endeavoring to treat each other by doing to 
 others as they would have others do to them, as 
 was so noticeable in the Government of the 
 United States, foregoing and forgiving to China 
 the payment of the indemnity for the Boxer out- 
 rages and expense incurred in suppressing same, 
 and as is shown by the Arbitration Court at the 
 Hague, organized to settle by reason disputes be- 
 tween nations in preference to the sword and 
 artillery. Apparent in the surge of the feeling 
 among nations to avoid the slaughter of men in 
 battle, by settlement or arbitration of disputes 
 thus avoiding the waste of men and treasure 
 which has been so cruelly expended in the past. 
 The world is certainly growing better, kindlier, 
 more humane, the result of men in these days 
 being swayed by reason instead of superstition 
 and bigotry. 
 
 Religious zeal has often led to extreme cruelty, 
 shown in one instance by the action of Elijah, 
 before King Ahab, where Elijah proposed a test 
 
 153 
 
HID Dies of 
 
 between himself, as a prophet of the Hebrew 
 God, and four hundred and fifty of the priests 
 of Baal, in the Camp of Ahab, which the priests 
 of Baal were not wise enough to refuse to enter 
 into. He built an altar for the test, evidently 
 placing in it stones of unslacked lime. He pre- 
 tended to pour water on the altar, but presum- 
 ably alcohol was used, which slacked the lime 
 and caused fire to light the alcohol. So, by his 
 trick, he was able to lead the 450 priests of Baal 
 out to slaughter as false prophets. 
 
 154 
 
Prehistoric Cimes 
 
 CHAPTER XL 
 
 IN THE LAND OF SHEBA. 
 
 In examining the earliest evidences of civili- 
 zation most of the oldest peoples appear to have 
 received their culture ready made from some 
 older nation. Egypt appears to have had no 
 youth, nor Chaldea, Babylon, Phoenicia and 
 Greece. These were all indebted to the people 
 of ancient Arabia, the Cushites, for the seeds of 
 culture. The Arabians were an intellectual peo- 
 ple, gentle, kindly, peaceable and commercial in 
 their instincts. They maintained immense fleets 
 of ships which penetrated to all parts of the 
 world, carrying their own arts, architecture and 
 civilization to all countries which they visited. 
 
 They had some knowledge of astronomy, 
 sculpture, hieroglyphics and writing, which they 
 imparted to their colonies. It was they who car- 
 ried the knowledge of building in stone to India, 
 Egypt, Antolia, Chaldea, Babylon, Greece, Italy, 
 along the north and west coasts of Africa. Their 
 structures are characterized by the immense 
 blocks of stone used and similarities of con- 
 struction. 
 
 In southwestern Asia, between the Persian 
 
 155 
 
of 
 
 Gulf and Red Sea, is a vast peninsular nearly 
 one-third as large as the whole European conti- 
 nent, the oldest center of culture of that part of 
 the most ancient world, the Ethiopia of ancient 
 times, isolated by the ranges of lofty mountains 
 and the deserts which surround it on all sides. 
 With the Red Sea on the west, the Indian Ocean 
 on the southeast, the Persian Gulf on the east, 
 it has been called, and appropriately, the Island 
 of the Arabs. It presented an inhospitable front 
 to the outside world. Little of the country was 
 known to outsiders, either in ancient or modern 
 times, beyond the border lands and the district 
 between the coast ranges and the sea. No for- 
 eign conqueror penetrated the interior, protected 
 as it was by waterless sandy deserts and moun- 
 tains raising to a height of some seven thousand 
 feet on all sides. 
 
 Accustomed to traverse the deserts, it was 
 easy for the Arabs to get to the coasts, and from 
 very ancient times they maintained intercourse 
 with outside lands. An enterprising race of 
 people, they were maritime, maintaining a most 
 extensive shipping. The Vikings of the Pacific 
 Ocean, in very ancient times established and 
 maintained settlements in the islands of the 
 southern seas. 
 
 The Egyptian civilization was indebted to the 
 Arabians, as were the Dravadian settlements in 
 India and the islands of Indian Ocean, and the 
 Chaldean civilization of Mesopotamia. They 
 were the fathers of the Phoenicians, the civil- 
 
 156 
 
Cfmc0 
 
 izers of the oriental world ; they spread the arts 
 of sculpture, architecture and mathematics 
 wherever they went. They used writing 1 , hiero- 
 glyphic and alphabetical. They used gold and 
 silver in the ornamentation of their furniture 
 and buildings. The date palm gave them a 
 bountiful supply of cheap and wholesome food, 
 making high state of culture possible. 
 
 Pliny tells us that the people of Oman in 
 Arabia and of their once famous cities which 
 were already in ruins when he wrote. He said 
 the Arabians were the oldest nation in the world. 
 An ancient Arabian monarch, Zohak, is men- 
 tioned as being a great and powerful conqueror, 
 who paid assiduous worship to Zeydeim and the 
 stars. Another ancient Arabian sovereign, Isch- 
 man Seroch, built a temple of the Sun at Baal- 
 beck and placed in it an inscription, "In the 
 name of the God, Ischman Soroch has erected 
 this edifice to the Sun, his Lord/' Another an- 
 cient Arabian monarch, Afrikes, is said to have 
 subdued the whole of northern Africa, from the 
 eastern end to the Atlantic Ocean, and the Span- 
 ish peninsular. 
 
 In the second chapter of Genesis there is de- 
 scribed the River Gihon as encompassing the 
 land of Ethiopia or Cush, evidently the Arabian 
 Sea. In the Sanscrit writing Arabia is called 
 Cusha Dwipa. 
 
 The kindliness and hospitality of the Arabi- 
 ans is evidenced by the reception accorded Abra- 
 ham by the King of Sodon, who went out to 
 
 157 
 
Hi & Dies of 
 
 meet Abraham at the valley of Shaveh. Kehpas 
 was another traditional ruler in Arabia. 
 
 It is supposed that the Ethiopians originated 
 in Africa, but Arabia was their original abode. 
 The name came from Aethiops, serpent wor- 
 shipers, an appellation of the followers of Zeus. 
 The countries of the upper Nile were subju- 
 gated by the Arabians or Cushite Ethiopians. 
 
 In Hebrew scriptures, Arabia is called Cush. 
 The Queen of Sheba, who visited Solomon, was 
 an Arabian or Cushite Queen. The Ethiopian 
 wife of Moses was an Arabian woman, a daugh- 
 ter of the Priest of Midian. 
 
 De Wells in his geography of the old and new 
 testament, says : "It is incontestable that the 
 Ethiopian nations of Cush had their original 
 abode in Arabia." 
 
 The oldest Sanscrit writings speak of the An- 
 cient Cushite people, calling the country they 
 inhabit Cusha Dwipa, the country of the Cush 
 people. They call Europe, Varaha Dwipa. 
 
 In very ancient times there was a ruler in 
 Arabia, long before Kephas, called Dionysus, 
 the God of wine, called in India Bacchus. The 
 Arabians at the time he lived had dominion over 
 upper Egypt; lower Egypt was an arm of the 
 Mediterranean, and its lands were low and 
 swampy. He is called, in Egyptian mythology, 
 Osiris, and was deified. There are legends of 
 him in Asia Minor and in Greece. Thymates of 
 Asia Minor wrote a history of Dionysus, which 
 is mentioned by Diodorus Seculus, written prior 
 
 158 
 
Prehistoric Cimeg 
 
 to the Ionian settlements. The history of 
 Dionysus was given in a poem entitled Phrygia. 
 It was commented by Diodorus Siculus that Thy- 
 mates took pains to secure the most accurate 
 information relative to Dionysus when he visited 
 Nysa, Arabia, where Dionysus was born. 
 Auman, a king in Arabia, married Rhea, sister 
 of Cronus, king of Italy, Sicily and part of 
 northern Africa. He became enamored of the 
 maiden, Amalthea and Dionysus was born to 
 them. Rhea separated from Auman thereupon, 
 and was married to Cronus. 
 
 Cronus made war on Auman, and marched 
 with an army against Nysa. Young Dionysus 
 took the field against him, and seated Zeus, his 
 son, on the throne which had been occupied by 
 Cronus. Dionysus succeeded his father as ruler 
 at Nysa, and became the greatest of sov- 
 ereigns in ancient times. He extended his do- 
 minions over all neighboring lands, made con- 
 quest of India, where he spent three years and 
 built the Indian city of Nysa. He afterwards 
 went to Egypt, where he ruled the land. 
 
 Cronus is said to have introduced agriculture, 
 social life and manners to Italy. His reign was 
 filled with plenty, the Golden Age of Italy. He 
 died and was deified. The Egyptian, Greek and 
 Roman legends made Dionysus contemporaneous 
 with Cronus and Saturn. Fresnal in his journal, 
 Asiatiqui, identifies Dionysus with the Arabian 
 Dhou Nerwas and Afrikas. 
 
 Wilford supports the claim that Dionysus is 
 
 159 
 
UJDDIC0 Of 
 
 the person referred to in Sanscrit as Deva Na- 
 husha, long prior to the time of the Aryan in- 
 vasion of India. When Deva Nahusha had con- 
 quered the world he visited Africa and the south 
 of Egypt, the abode of his grandfather Arti. 
 Because the place was going to decay, he di- 
 rected his engineer, Vivasa Carma, to rebuild 
 the city and call it Deva Nahusha Nagara. Wil- 
 ford claims that these references are important, 
 as they are recollections of an earlier period. 
 
 In the olden writings of Indian traditions, 
 Dionysus is held to be the founder of the first 
 monarchy in India ; when he left India he estab- 
 lished on the throne Spartemtas, one of the 
 priests of Arabia, who reigned fifty-three years, 
 and was succeeded by his son, Budzas. Budzas 
 reigned twenty years, and was succeeded by 
 Cravedvas. This dynasty continued to flourish 
 in regular lineal descent many generations, to 
 time of Alexandria. Before the time of Menes 
 in Egypt there had been thirteen Thivite Kings. 
 Learned Egyptologists agree that prior to Menes, 
 the civilization of Egypt rested on a basis of 
 many centuries, during which there had been a 
 gradual development of national character. Be- 
 fore Menes there was a renowned, enlightened 
 and powerful people. They had letters, science 
 and art. 
 
 The Arabians brought to Egypt letters and 
 the civilization of their own land, and under the 
 Egyptians it developed a character distinctively 
 its own. 
 
 160 
 
Prehistoric Cimes 
 
 The religion of the Ancient Arabs was planet 
 worship ; the Sun, as Baal, was the generative 
 or reproductive power. Sometimes human scari- 
 fices were offered, particularly children. The 
 favorite place for his worship was an elevated 
 place, like the roof of the house or a high hill. 
 With Ashteroth, the female principle, the moon 
 was connected with sun worship. This sun and 
 moon worship was carried into India, and into 
 Egypt ; connected with this religion was serpent 
 worship, the serpent being considered the most 
 subtle of creatures. The same religious ideas 
 were adopted by the Greeks and Druids. 
 
 Fires were kindled on a May day, Beltane 
 fires, with much ceremony. It was common to 
 make human sacrifice when this holy fire was 
 made. The people took some of the fire for their 
 household hearths, and kept it alive from day to 
 day. 
 
 The names Belfast, Belgium, Baltic, Bele- 
 berger, Baleshanger, Balestrander, the midsum- 
 mer night fire, Bal and Balders fire in Scandi- 
 navia, and the name Hannibal, show how general 
 was the worship of Baal. Balder in Norse Myth- 
 ology was a son of Odin, one of the principal 
 gods. He was the sun God, the whitest of the 
 gods, so beautiful and bright that light emanates 
 from him ; he was the wisest and highest of the 
 Asas. 
 
 The ancient Arabian was a commercial civil- 
 izer ; where he went he carried a blessing to the 
 people. They received at his hands the civilized 
 
 161 
 
KJDDIC0 Of 
 
 arts and practices. Sun worship and serpent 
 worship was a feature of their religion, and these 
 ideas followed them to the colonies they estab- 
 lished all over the world, in Europe, America, 
 India and the Pacific Islands. They were the 
 building race, the architects of the ancient times. 
 Their stone structures have a character of their 
 own unlike that of any other people, and in all 
 places their architectural and religious ideas 
 were practiced. 
 
 The Cushites seem to have been the first civil- 
 izers and builders in western Asia. They may 
 be traced by their language, their architecture 
 and by their influence upon civilizations on both 
 shores of the Mediterranean Sea, in the Nile 
 Valley, in India and the islands of the southern 
 seas. 
 
 They are sometimes called Adites and some- 
 times Hamites. It is said they originally con- 
 sisted of twelve tribes. Its language, the lan- 
 guage of Ad, is considered one of the oldest 
 tongues spoken on earth. The ancient Hamitic 
 inscriptions were written with the first alphabet 
 of mankind. The alphabet said to have been 
 carried by the Phoenicians to Greece was of a 
 latter growth than that of the ancient hiero- 
 glyphic inscriptions. 
 
 Herodotus says that Arabia is the only coun- 
 try in which myrrh, frankincense, cinnamon and 
 ledanum are grown. His appreciation of the 
 country is summed up in his exclamation: 
 "There breathes from Arabia a divine odor." 
 
 162 
 
Cimes 
 
 Diodorus Siculis said: "The perfumes of 
 Arabia ravish the senses and are conveyed by 
 the winds to those who sail near the coast." The 
 Arabians were never conquered. They had gold 
 and silver in abundance, and their beds, chairs 
 and stools had silver feet. The porticos of their 
 houses and temples are adorned with gold and 
 silver, with ivory and precious stones, for they 
 enjoyed uninterrupted peace for many ages. 
 
 The Cushites were an aggregation of munici- 
 palities or tribes headed by Ad ; the same system 
 of separate municipalities govern their own in- 
 ternal affairs, and is noticeable in all the colonies 
 of Phoenicia. 
 
 In every country where the old Cushite settle- 
 ments are traced are found the remains of vast 
 constructions that astonish and perplex behold- 
 ers, in Egypt, Nubia, Arabia, India, Greece, 
 Italy, Phoenicia and Great Britain. The stone 
 work shown by some of these constructions is 
 amazing. The ruins of Baalbec show a remain- 
 ing wall 20 feet above the ground, containing 
 three vast blocks of stone, each 12 feet deep, 12 
 feet wide and more than 60 feet long, lying end 
 to end. 
 
 The hand of the ancient Cushite architects are 
 seen in the construction of Petra and in the re- 
 mains of all ancient Phoenician cities that have 
 been explored. 
 
 From the shores of the Mediterranean at 
 about 25 degrees north latitude, in Africa, the 
 population consists of Arab tribes who came 
 
Of 
 
 there by conquest. There are many Jews. The 
 Berbers of the Atlas region, the Tauricks and 
 Tibbus of Sahara and the Copts of Egypt are 
 the original stock. Moors are a mixed descent. 
 The Hottentots in the south are a distinct race, 
 closely resembling the Mongolian races of Asia. 
 From 20 degrees north latitude to Cape Colony, 
 the negro family only are found. 
 
 The Copts are darker than the Arabs, sullen, 
 ignorant, faithless and dishonest. 
 
 The Nubians were red brown approaching 
 black, but not the ebony of the negro. Their 
 hair is frizzled, black and thick. They are 
 Nomadic herdsmen and live on flesh and milk. 
 
 The Barbarians inhabited the upper Nile val- 
 ley. They are a people distinct from the Arabs. 
 They are honest in their dealings; they plant 
 date trees and irrigate the soil with water 
 wheels. 
 
 The Tubbas are the ancient Libyans ; in color 
 they vary from black to copper color. They are 
 slim, well made, have high cheek bones, flat 
 noses like the negro, large mouths, fine teeth like 
 Europeans, hair curly, not woolly, and ex- 
 pressive eyes. They are a pastoral people. They 
 keep horses, cattle, sheep, goats and camels, 
 which is their principal wealth, and live in vil- 
 lages. 
 
 El Mathudi, an Arabian, born in 1199, writing 
 of a Malayan monarchy in Zabaja, in the Indian 
 Ocean, says : "Near India is a vast country hav- 
 ing many seas and mountains, bordering on the 
 
 164 
 
Cime0 
 
 Kingdom of Ezzanij, which is the kingdom of 
 Maharaya. When the Portuguese made their 
 appearance in that part of the world, the em- 
 pire was still in existence. It included the penin- 
 sula of Mallacca, the islands of Sumatra, Bor- 
 neo, Java and Celebes, and other islands between 
 them and Australia. 
 
 Renamdof gives a report of two Musselman 
 missionaries who visited this part of the world 
 in the Qth century, at which time the kingdom 
 included Arracan, Chittogong and the Gangetic 
 provinces. It was called the empire of Zapage 
 or Zabaja. Sumatra was called Jababim by 
 Ptolemy and Marco Polo. Zabaja, in Mallacca, 
 was a great maritime power before the Christian 
 era. It may be these Malays were the race found 
 in India by the Arabians. The Malayan dialect 
 or speech is used on the islands of Pacific from 
 New Zealand to the Sandwich Islands, in Mada-^ 
 gascar, Formosa, and the Indian Archipelago to 
 Easter Islands, and on the American side of the 
 Pacific. They all have rites and customs, which 
 indicate a common origin. The Malayans read 
 and write; they now use the Arabic characters, 
 but formerly they used another alphabet. 
 
 In earliest times the Arabians built immense 
 structures of stone in broken ashlar, not laid in 
 regular layers, but the angular blocks of im- 
 mense size were fitted together. In very ancient 
 times men did not know how to construct a true 
 arch. They made an arch or domed their struc- 
 tures, by corbelling the stone, that is, by extend- 
 
 165 
 
of 
 
 ing each successive flat layer of stone out t>e- 
 yond the course beneath it, until the space they 
 desired to enclose could be covered by one flat 
 stone. 
 
 There is extant a quotation from the writings 
 of Agatharchides : "The Sabeans surpass in 
 wealth and magnificence not only the neighbor- 
 ing barbarians, but all other nations, as their 
 situation protects them from all foreign plunder. 
 Immense stores of precious metals have been ac- 
 cumulated, especially at their capital. Curiously 
 wrought drinking vessels of precious metals 
 they have in great variety, couches and tripods 
 with silver feet, an incredible profusion of costly 
 furniture, porticos with large columns partly gilt 
 and ornamented with wrought silver figures, 
 roofs and doors ornamented with gold fretwork 
 set with precious stones. An extraordinary mag- 
 nificence reigns in decorations of their houses, 
 where they use gold, silver and ivory and pre- 
 cious stones and all other things men deem most 
 valuable. These people have enjoyed unmolested 
 good fortune from times immemorial." 
 
 Central Arabia is an extensive tableland, di- 
 versified by hills and valleys and surrounded by 
 a waste and desert. The fertile interior is twice 
 the extent of France, and could sustain a very 
 large population. That it did in ancient times 
 have such a population is attested by the old 
 ruins, which have not been definitely explored. 
 They are found everywhere from Baalbec and 
 Petri in the north to Marob and Zhafar. In 
 
 166 
 
Pre&fstoric Cime* 
 
 many of them are to be found the most ancient 
 inscriptions of the world. About 1830 the British 
 East India Company had the coast line of Arabia 
 surveyed and explored, and some of the officers 
 accompanying the expedition traveled into 
 Oman and Hadramant. They visited important 
 ruins at Nakab el Hadger, between Hadramant 
 and Zeinen, where they found the remains of 
 an immense wall, originally thirty to forty feet 
 high, and ten feet thick at its base. It was built 
 around an extensive hill, and had square towers 
 at equal distances. The blocks of which it was 
 constructed were of gray marble, hewn and fitted 
 by the builders with nicety, indicating much skill 
 in construction. Within the inclosure were the 
 remains of edifices. The size of the stone used 
 and the knowledge of the art of building ex- 
 hibited in the style and mode of placing them, 
 would give these structures importance in any 
 part of the world. Describing one of the build- 
 ings, it was said : "That it owes its origin to a 
 very remote antiquity is apparent by its resem- 
 blance to the most ancient Egyptian ruins, the 
 same battering of the walls, the same form of 
 openings, the same flat stone roofs." It is 
 thought these indicated the site of the ancient 
 city of Mayfah, the Menfa of Ptolemy. 
 
 Among the ruins so visited was those of Has- 
 san Ghorah. It is a hill of five hundred feet 
 high, formerly an island in the Red Sea ; all over 
 it are scattered ruins of houses, walls, and towers. 
 Everything indicates that an important commer- 
 
 167 
 
RiDDIc* of 
 
 cial center once existed here, probably the an- 
 cient city of Kaua. Hamitic inscriptions were 
 found here in abundance. 
 
 On the coast of Hadramant are the ruins of 
 the ancient city of Zhafar, the Sapphar of the 
 Scriptures. It is supposed the ancient city stood 
 at some distance from the sea. The blocks of 
 stone used in construction were cut with the pre- 
 cision of admirable workmanship. 
 
 In July, 1843, Thomas J. Armand, a French- 
 man, visited the ruins of an ancient city of 
 Zenen known as Saba, also Mareb or Maraba, 
 once the populous and magnificent capital of 
 Southern Arabia. He examined the Great Dike 
 or tank, so famous in Arabic traditions, built in 
 a depression between two mountains. This res- 
 ervoir was in a state of decay at time of the 
 Queen of Sheba, and was repaired by her. The 
 embankment was a very massive stone struc- 
 ture, the waters being intended for irrigation 
 purposes. 
 
 Strabo, Pliny, Ptolemy and others speak of 
 great and populous cities of Arabia which no 
 longer exist except in unexplored ruins. 
 
 In 1860, El Harrah, the remarkable country 
 south of Damascus, belonging to Arabia, was vis- 
 ited by Mr. Cyril G. Graham, who found cities 
 with houses nearly perfect. He copied some in- 
 scriptions, which he gave to the Royal Asiatic 
 Society of London. A high authority described 
 them to be the most ancient forms of Phoenician 
 writing yet discovered. A traveler named Wil- 
 
 168 
 
Prehistoric Cimes 
 
 bur is said to have secured two inscriptions at 
 Bellad Sof, in Central Arabia, similar to those 
 of El Harrah, the same characters constantly re- 
 curring. One of the alphabetic characters are 
 found nowhere else in the world, except among 
 the Runic letters and in the Etruscan alphabet. 
 
 In the Syrian Desert, at Djowf, is a ruin of 
 an old castle, the south wall of which preserves 
 the first line of construction; the huge size and 
 exact squaring of the stone in the lower tiers in- 
 dicate the great antiquity of the work. The 
 small windows are placed ten feet above the 
 ground, topped by what is called the Cyclopean 
 Arch, a specimen of which may be seen at My- 
 cena, in the so-called Palace of Atreus. In Kas- 
 seem was found the remains of an ancient 
 structure similar to those at Stonehange, Eng- 
 land. There is little difference between the stone 
 structure at Kasseem and that of Wiltshire. The 
 upright stones were about fifteen feet high, and 
 were arranged in a circle. The structures were 
 evidently intended for the same purpose. 
 
 Gades, in Portugal, was built near the old city 
 of Erythria, on an island at the mouth of the 
 old Tartessus, at the time of Strabo, by the Ara- 
 bians. The founders worshipped the Arabian 
 Melcartes, and one of the first edifices was a 
 Temple of Heracles. Strabo said of it: "Its in- 
 habitants equip the greatest number of ships, the 
 largest size both for our sea and the exterior 
 ocean." The best material for shipbuilding was 
 abundant in that part of Spain. Gades and Tar- 
 
 169 
 
of 
 
 tessus were noted for the construction of large 
 ships suitable for use on the great outside ocean. 
 Tartessus seems to have been the Tarshish men- 
 tioned in the Bible. 
 
 There were three hundred Cushite settlements 
 along the west coast of Africa, and extending 
 as far north as Norway, Ireland, and Scotland. 
 
 The commercial enterprise of the ancient peo- 
 ple of Arabia took them to all the southern seas. 
 They established a Maylayan civilization in 
 Southern India and in the islands of the Indian 
 Ocean. They used the magnetic needle, but kept 
 it secret, so that other peoples might not enter 
 into competition with them in navigation. 
 
 There were two races in Arabia, the oldest 
 people of Ad, the Ethiopians, or serpent wor- 
 shippers, and the Cushites. They lived in 
 houses and cities, and built habitations like the 
 Semitic Bedouins, the wandering Arabian herds- 
 man, who afterwards became Mahommetans. 
 The old race consisted of twelve tribes, organized 
 as separate communities or municipalities, each 
 independent of the other, governed by their own 
 hereditary chiefs. Palgrave, who traveled late- 
 ly, published his estimate of the people, and said : 
 "After having traveled much, and made intimate 
 acquaintance with many people, I would give 
 preference to the pure and unmixed clans of 
 Central and Eastern Arabia. They represent 
 one of the noblest races the earth affords. Taken 
 in themselves and individually, they are endowed 
 with a remarkable aptitude for practical and ma- 
 
terial science, but lack of communication with 
 other peoples keeps them back in the intellectual 
 race. It would not be reasonable to doubt the 
 natural capacity of these people is as great as 
 their forefathers, who were the leaders of the 
 marvelous manufacturing skill and commerce of 
 Tyre and Sidon. The ancient inscriptions show 
 that the language used by these people, the Him- 
 yaric, is entirely different from what is now 
 known as the Arabic." 
 
 Eldrisa, who wrote in the twelfth century, 
 said the language of the people of Ad was the 
 sweetest language he ever heard. 
 
 The political system with which ancient Arabia 
 was governed was carried into all her colonies. 
 Their cities were separable municipalities, con- 
 trolled more or less by popular influence. 
 
 Palgrove said : "Oman is less a kingdom than 
 an aggregation of municipalities, each town, each 
 village has its own separate existence and gov- 
 ernment, subject to an ancestral chief, with au- 
 thority limited by the rights of the people on the 
 one side, and the prerogatives of the ruler on 
 the other. The administration of justice is in 
 the Kadis and the local royal judges. Taxes are 
 fixed by local or municipal authority, the sultan 
 enjoys but cannot change them." Here we have 
 the remains of the ancient system of the Ara- 
 bian Cushites, which regulates the affairs of all 
 the colonies it brought into being the Ionian, 
 Greek and Roman; the civilization of Carthage, 
 and the Berbers in Northern Africa." 
 
 171 
 
Hi D Dies of 
 
 Each tribe had its sheik, elected by the people, 
 distinguished by a noble lineage, but having 
 no hereditary claim as ruler, he might be de- 
 posed. He, with the elders, decided disputes. 
 
 In the southwest of Arabia, are the red man, 
 the Humarites or Sabeans, the Ethiopean ances- 
 tors of the Egyptians and Phoenicians. From 
 remotest times they were a highly civilized peo- 
 ple, acquainted with letters, maintaining constant 
 communication with Abyssinia and India. 
 
 The Humaritian dialect still survives in the 
 Mabra district. The old worship consisted 
 chiefly in three hundred and sixty idols, set up 
 round the black stone which was taken to Mecca. 
 They worshiped the stars. Their Alledi is a god 
 victorious over the other gods, just as the Jewish 
 Jehovah triumphed over Baal. 
 
 In the Madian Mountains in Arabia, are min- 
 eral deposits of various kinds ; heaps of remains 
 found here and there give evidence of exten- 
 sive workings in ancient times. The hills con- 
 tain iron ore, copper, silver, and gold. At Mus- 
 kat, in Oman, is an extensive bay, that furnished 
 harbor, in ancient times, to large shipping 1 in- 
 terests. 
 
 On the sandstone face of the Nujed Moun- 
 tains are very ancient inscriptions, in Arabic and 
 Aremuenian, with figures of camels, goats, and 
 other animals. 
 
 On both sides of the Red Sea, in ancient 
 times, dwelt the Red Men, who, migrating north, 
 became Phoenicians and Egyptians. From the 
 
 172 
 
Prehistoric Cimes 
 
 color of the people, the sea obtained its ancient 
 name. 
 
 The Arabian believes himself to be a son of 
 patience. Gentle toward women and children, 
 he reserves his wrath for the strong. He will 
 rob and steal, but a guest is sacred in person 
 and property. 
 
 When differences arise between neighbors, 
 they agree to separate, and each go his own way. 
 In Yemen, are enormous ruins of ancient cities, 
 massive structures made with enormous blocks 
 of stone, covered with inscriptions in Himyara- 
 tic characters, ruins of temples and palaces that 
 rivaled in magnificence those of Tadmon, Pal- 
 myra, and Baalbeck. 
 
 According to Arabian tradition, Ad, the pri- 
 meval father and founder of the Arabians, came 
 into the desert south of Syria, and built a large 
 and great city, which was destroyed by fire from 
 heaven by reason of the wickedness of the Ad- 
 ites. 
 
 The ancient language of the Adites was differ- 
 ent from the Arabic. It has been found in Him- 
 yaratic inscriptions in Arabia and ancient Chal- 
 dea. It is the ancient Ethiopian now represented 
 by some tribes in Southern Arabia and by the 
 Dravidians, in Abyssinia and the upper Egypt. 
 The ancient people of Ad were wonderful build- 
 ers, rich in gold, silver, ivory, copper, and pre- 
 cious stones. They built the palaces of the Ad- 
 ites and Thamondites. 
 
 A headland covered by a fortress completely 
 
 173 
 
Bionics of 
 
 conceals Maskat, the capital of Oman. West of 
 Muskat is Soha, an industrial community of 
 weavers, goldsmiths, brazers, blacksmiths, the 
 most skillful in Arabia. They make excellent 
 carpets, rugs, cotton goods, and the most deli- 
 cate gold and silver filagree work. 
 
 The Arabs of Oman navigated the seas and 
 visited or colonized all the islands of Indian 
 Ocean, China, and Japan. Their fleets were the 
 most powerful in the Indian Ocean. 
 
 Dhafu was formerly a populous city. Aden, 
 built on an island, has an admirable position at 
 the foot of a natural fortress on the mainland, 
 and had two deep, well-sheltered harbors. It 
 occupies the site of the ancient city of Adana. 
 Here are found vast reservoirs for water, fed by 
 an aqueduct from the interior, capable of holding 
 forty thousand tons of water. 
 
 Sana, the ancient capital of the Sabeans, is 
 destroyed, except the ruin of a circular building, 
 called the Palace of Belkis, supposed to have 
 been the queen who visited Solomon. Numerous 
 inscriptions found here and at Medint et 
 Bobas, the city of Brize, have enabled hiero- 
 glyphists to recover the history ond mythology 
 of the Sabeans. 
 
 West of Mareb is found the remains of a dyke, 
 one hundred and seventy-five paces thick at the 
 base, upon the destruction of which, in ancient 
 times, the whole country relapsed into a desert. 
 
 At Moka, which has long been a center of 
 trade in coffee, the ruins outnumber the houses. 
 
 174 
 
I 
 la 
 
 S 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 III 
 
 li-is 
 
 l 
 
 J I o E 
 ft- co.,'3 
 
 Qi N C 0! 
 
 o -si- 
 
 ll 
 
 5= S 
 
PL. 
 
 5 E c 
 
 S 
 
Prehistoric Cime0 
 
 Kiad is a strongly fortified place, with ancient 
 massive walls, flanked by lofty towers, and com- 
 manded by a citadel. 
 
 The oldest cities of Chaldea were in the neigh- 
 borhood of the Persian Sea and Gulf of Ara- 
 bia. Hur is the oldest. It was built on the north 
 of the Euphrates River, with the sea before it, 
 and was the emporium of trade. Its ruins are 
 now one hundred and fifty miles from the sea. 
 The sediment of the Euphrates and Tigris 
 Rivers has built up that much land since the 
 foundation of Hur. Berosus, a Chaldean priest 
 of Baal, after Babylon was conquered by Alex- 
 ander, wrote a Greek history of Chaldea in nine 
 books. He gave the list of Chaldean rulers, 
 down to the beginning of the Assyrian occupa- 
 tion of Babylon, who had reigned in Chaldea 
 four hundred and thirty-two thousand years. 
 
 The tradition of the settlement of Hur as 
 given by Berosus is : "In the first year there ap- 
 peared from that part of the Erythean Sea an 
 animal destitute of reason, by name Cannes, 
 whose body was like a fish (a ship) ; under the 
 fish's head he had another head, with feet sim- 
 ilar to a man. His voice was articulate and 
 human. This being passed the days on land 
 among men ; he taught men letters and sciences 
 of every kind ; he taught them how to build tem- 
 ples, to frame laws, and explained to them the 
 rules of geometrical knowledge and astronomy. 
 He showed them how to distinguish the seeds of 
 useful plants, and taught them everything that 
 
 175 
 
Uf 00100 Ot 
 
 could soften their manners and harmonize their 
 lives. When the sun went down, he went back 
 to the sea." 
 
 This ship, described as a sea god, came from 
 the coast of Arabia. 
 
 The enlightened Arabians, or Ethiopians, 
 maritime adventurers, were the enlightened mas- 
 ters of science, the wonderful colonists of re- 
 motest antiquity who brought civilization to the 
 barbarous Semites of Mesopotamia. They came 
 in, established colonies, occupied the whole 
 country, giving it their religion, manners, cus- 
 toms, and arts. Even their language was modi- 
 fied, and became the language of the country. 
 
 The ruins of Amnon recall the ancient king- 
 dom of the Amnonites, the hereditary enemies of 
 Israel. Few strongholds occupy a more formid- 
 able position than this ancient citadel, perched 
 on a high crag, isolated on all sides except the 
 northwest ; the hand of man completed the work 
 of nature. 
 
 Zua has ruins of extensive reservoirs. Near 
 by are the ruins of a palace of unknown origin, 
 which the Bedoins call Mashita; the rich sculp- 
 tures of the facades are more varied than the Al- 
 hambra. 
 
 There are a number of ruins in the country 
 of the ancient Moabites which have yielded treas- 
 ures in abundance to archaeologists. The most 
 remarkable was the Pillar of Niesa, King of 
 the Moabites, found in the midst of the vast 
 ruins of Dhibon. This precious stone is in the 
 
Prehistoric Cime0 
 
 Louvre. It bears an inscription of thirty-four 
 lines, engraved in characters resembling the 
 Phoenician. The name of the god is Kamish. 
 At Moab, the city on the hill, are the remains 
 of a strong citadel. 
 
 Southwestward from Damascus, at Baalbec, 
 the city of the sun, are grouped together the 
 ruins of the grandest set of buildings in all the 
 world. These consist of the temple of the Sun, 
 the temple of Jupiter, and Cyclopean walls. The 
 beholder is struck with amazement at the enor- 
 mous blocks of stone which the hand of man has 
 here erected. These ruins are unrivaled for their 
 vast dimensions. It is difficult to imagine how 
 such large blocks could have been placed where 
 they are seen, built into the walls stone seventy- 
 five feet long, fifteen feet wide, and as deep, and 
 weighing one thousand tons. One stone lying 
 in the quarry, half a mile away, has in it fifteen 
 thousand cubic feet. Another rejected stone in 
 another quarry is ninety-eight feet long. 
 
 The most remarkable edifice in Babylon was 
 the temple of Bel. It was a pyramid of eight 
 square stories, the lower stage being six hun- 
 dred feet square. A winding ascent of steps led 
 to the summit, and the shrine, in which stood a 
 golden image of Bel, forty feet high. Two 
 other images of gold, a golden table, fifteen feet 
 wide and forty feet long, and many other golden 
 objects were gathered here. At the base of the 
 tower was a second shrine, with a table and two 
 
 177 
 
of 
 
 images of gold. A golden altar was placed out- 
 side the temple. 
 
 Baal, or Bel, the Sun God, was thought to be 
 the productive power, together with Astarte, the 
 moon. The bull is his symbol. Offerings were 
 made to him of incense, sacrifices of bulls, and 
 sometimes children. The favorite places of wor- 
 ship were elevated places, hilltops or the roofs of 
 houses. His worship, as well as that of Ashte- 
 roth, was attended with most revolting orgies 
 and sacrifices. 
 
 Tadmon, Palmyra, the ancient city of the 
 Palmes, contains the ruins of an ancient temple. 
 It is a city of colonnades. 
 
 South and southeast of Damascus are ruins 
 of hundreds of structures in which columns of 
 triumphal arches and tombs break the monotony 
 of the flat, desert-like plains. West of the Ha- 
 rain, are abandoned cities and groups of build- 
 ings, with carved stone doorways ; here and there 
 even the roofs are still in place. The ruins of 
 Shabba are found at Kanovat and Suideh, two 
 small hamlets, surrounded by stupendous ruins. 
 Bosra presents the appearance of an important 
 city, having a massive Arabian citadel, with im- 
 posing ramparts, and a theatre. 
 
 Triumphal arches, porticos, and palatial re- 
 mains are grouped in uninhabited wastes, where 
 a few wretched Bedouin hovels are overshad- 
 owed by the remains of a superb cathedral. West 
 of Basa, the ancient Edrie, is an extensive un- 
 derground city, cut in the live rock. West of 
 
 178 
 
prehistoric Cfmeg 
 
 this, overlooking the east bank of the Jordan, is 
 Mikris, the ancient Gadara, which still preserves 
 one of those straight avenues or colonnades fre- 
 quently met with in so many ancient Cushite 
 places. Jerash, next to Palmyra, has one of the 
 best preserved avenues, with a surrounding fo- 
 rum. The avenue is three-quarters of a mile 
 long, lined with over two hundred pillars. 
 
 Beyond this, south of Moab, stretches the re- 
 mains of the ancient cities of Edom. 
 
 Petra, the city of stone, was capital of this 
 region in the earliest times; it was cut into the 
 rock. Temples with their facades are cut into 
 the red cliff, while the rock everywhere is carved 
 into towers and palaces, superimposed one above 
 another. 
 
 The remains of Banas, the city of the god Pan, 
 was famous for its proud citadel above the Jor- 
 dan, from which the victims immolated on the 
 sacrificial altar were hurled. 
 
 Akka, the ancient Phoenician city, was nat- 
 urally strong against an attack of enemies, which 
 natural fortification was supplemented by ma- 
 sonry. It had a fine harbor, now silted up. 
 
 Herodotus said that the ruin of Lydia has 
 not many wonders, except the gold dust brought 
 from Mount Timolus. It has, however, one of 
 the greatest mounds, surpassed only by those of 
 the Egyptians and Babylonians, the tomb of Al- 
 yatees, the foundation of which is great stones. 
 The rest of it is a mound of earth. The circum- 
 ference of the mound is six stradia and two ple- 
 
 179 
 
of 
 
 thra ; the breadth is thirteen plethra, which makes 
 the circumference three thousand eight hundred 
 and forty feet. The size of the great pyramid 
 in Egypt is seven hundred and sixty-four feet 
 on each side, three thousand and fifty-six around 
 it; so the tomb of Alyatta is nearly one- fourth 
 larger. At the summit are found the remains 
 of a foundation eighteen feet square. 
 
 The work thus described in 1853 by Crustius 
 to the Berlin Academy: "On the southern side 
 of the mound may be traced the road to lime- 
 stone quarries, where the stone was procured for 
 the construction of the tumulus. The ground 
 was prepared for the structure by leveling the 
 bed of native rock and by building a foundation 
 wall of stone. On the base thus obtained a 
 sloping, retaining wall had been built of hewn 
 stone, built up to the height of sixty feet. The 
 height of the mound measured two hundred and 
 twenty-six and three-quarters feet from the base 
 of the wall. The diameter of the level of the 
 plain is one thousand six hundred and eighty-six 
 feet, and the base of the retaining wall one thou- 
 sand one hundred and sixty-five feet. On the 
 summit was found the round stone, nine and one- 
 half feet in diameter, spoken of by Herodotus." 
 
 The Taurigs, or Tauriks, a people supposed 
 to be of the Berber race, are descended, accord- 
 ing to their own traditions, from men who came 
 from Canaan. They are of a white race, though 
 of dark complexion, have straight hair, and bear 
 no resemblance to the negro. The Tibboos, who 
 
 180 
 
Cfmes 
 
 occupy the desert between Fezzan and Egypt, 
 are supposed to be of the same race. The num- 
 ber of Taurigs is supposed to be two millions. 
 
 The people of Tunis speak an Arabic dialect. 
 They resemble the Bedouins of Arabia. There 
 are many ancient ruins in different parts of 
 Tunis, particularly in the valley of the Mejerda. 
 At Dakkah and ancient Thugga are temples and 
 theatres, bearing many inscriptions. The great 
 aqueduct, which conveyed the water fifty-two 
 miles to Carthage, can still be traced, some re- 
 maining portions rising to the height of fifty-two 
 feet. The ancient city of Tunis was surrounded 
 by a double wall, five miles in circuit, defended 
 by a castle which commanded the approach from 
 the sea. 
 
 In Tyre, the burial places testify to the ex- 
 istence and size of the ancient city. Most of the 
 tombs are rock-cut and subterranean. They gen- 
 erally contain more than one chamber ; recesses 
 are cut in the sides, to contain embalmed bodies 
 in coffins. 
 
 The Phoenicians called their land Kna, which 
 means lowland. The oldest city, Sidon, was built 
 on a promontory. The Phoenicians became pi- 
 rates, and engaged in slave trade. They con- 
 cealed the places where they traded from others. 
 They went in search of tin and amber, and they 
 procured gold from the island of Thases. They 
 were the first to apply astronomy to navigation. 
 
 The tomb at Sarda was built of large, dressed 
 stone, the corpse being placed on a stone couch, 
 
 181 
 
of 
 
 and the entrance was sealed by a marble slab. 
 Over the tomb was a mound of earth. The 
 chamber was not in the center of the mound, but 
 was placed to one side. The roof was of stone 
 beams. There was found on a stone couch a 
 skeleton, a few jars and vessels. There were 
 about one hundred and thirty such mounds. 
 
 The Temple of the Moon God, at Ur, on 
 the right bank of the Euphrates, is one of the 
 oldest buildings in that country. A king who 
 seems to have been the first Chaldean builder 
 adorned Erich, Nipur, Lausa, and other cities 
 with temples of vast size, dedicated to the Sun, 
 to Istar, and to Bel. It was under him that Ur 
 rose to its prominent position. 
 
 182 
 
Prehistoric Cime0 
 
 In the pastoral state the flocks were the prop- 
 erty of the tribe as a whole, under the control 
 of the sheik, or chief ; scarce any individual prop- 
 erty was owned, the necessity of frequent re- 
 movals preventing the accumulation of house- 
 hold treasures. Each community was a group 
 of kindred, under the leadership of the patri- 
 archal representative of the common ancestor. 
 This leadership was not by any means an abso- 
 lute control. The separate households were suf- 
 ficiently independent to have a sense of personal 
 freedom. Religion was also communistic. 
 There appears to be no distinctive trace of any 
 defined family worship; a tribal ancestor wor- 
 ship prevailed, akin to Shamamism, with incan- 
 tations for protection against the demons. Sor- 
 cery was the principal belief, represented by the 
 Senute Shaman, the Babylonian magician, the 
 sorcerer, and the American medicine man; the 
 leader frequently assumed the power of sorcery, 
 to add to his dignity as representative of the 
 tribal ancestor. A nomadic pastoral tribe was 
 an organized army, with the patriarchial head 
 and clan or family leaders, to whom all members 
 were willingly subordinate. 
 
 Migrations were frequent. There was noth- 
 ing to prevent a swift invasion of a country in 
 possession of another people, settlement of the 
 land in case of victory, speedy retreat in case of 
 defeat. It was this faculty that led to the mil- 
 itary political organization of the early patri- 
 archial empires, the Hebrew, the Chinese. The 
 
RiDDle0 of 
 
 leader was the father of the nation, the high 
 priest of its religion, the hereditary representa- 
 tive of the primal ancestor of the people. He 
 had both temporal and spiritual powers. The 
 bodies and souls of the people were under his 
 dominion ; he was only the intermediator between 
 the people and the heavenly powers. He was 
 answerable to his ancestors, the gods, for his 
 deeds, and it was sacrilege to question his com- 
 mands. 
 
 184 
 
m 
 
 THEY WERE NOMADIC HUNTERS AND HERDSMEN WAND- 
 ERING OVER EXTENSIVE TERRITORIES IN SEARCH 
 OF PASTURE AND GAME. 
 
 (Kiddles of Prehistoric Times. p. 185) 
 
Prehistoric Cimes 
 
 CHAPTER XII. 
 
 THE ARYANS. 
 
 There was a time in the long distant past when 
 there wandered over the vast plains of Northern 
 Central Europe, the ancestors of the Teutons, 
 Russians, Swedes, Norwegians, Danes, English, 
 French, Scotch, Irish, Greeks, Romans, the in- 
 habitants of Asia Minor, Persian, Afghanistan, 
 Beloochistan, Hindustan, and India; a tribe of 
 people separate and distinct from the Mongo- 
 lian, the Semite, and the Iberian races, with 
 which they came in contact. They were the 
 Aryans. They were athletic, energetic, and cour- 
 ageous with physical vigor, vital force, and ca- 
 pacity for endurance greater than any other peo- 
 ple on earth. They had the will to undertake 
 great enterprises, and an imagination which en- 
 nobled their practical ideas. They had a love of 
 individual liberty, and a keen sense of honor and 
 of fidelity to their friends. It was these men 
 who were the migrating and aggressive race. 
 They dominated all people with whom they came 
 in contact. In battle they fought with frenzy, 
 energy, and zeal, actuated by the idea that if 
 they were slain in battle, they were immediately 
 
 185 
 
of 
 
 taken by the Valkyries to Valkal, the abode of 
 Odin. They were generally successful in con- 
 flict; when once they obtained a foothold there 
 they remained. 
 
 The Aryans had no system of writing and left 
 no records of their history or lives; not even 
 the remains of their habitations exist. They 
 moved about from place to place, making tem- 
 porary habitations, taking with them their herds 
 and flocks. But it has been possible to learn 
 much of their lives of these ancient people who 
 exerted such a potent influence upon subsequent 
 peoples on earth. 
 
 The thoughts which come into the minds of 
 men are wonderful things. "As a man thinketh, 
 so is he." The thoughts of men are important 
 factors in their lives; the act follows the trend 
 of the ideas which have been harbored in their 
 minds. Words indicate thoughts, and when it 
 is known what words a man uses, a fair esti- 
 mate may be had of the man and his character. 
 
 By careful study of all the different peoples 
 who are descended from these ancient Aryans, 
 and by comparison of words and word roots in 
 the different countries and languages, now in- 
 habited by such descendants, in Europe, Asia, 
 men have been able to sift out about one thou- 
 sand words which are common to all, words 
 which those who migrated carried with them in 
 their wanderings. By patient study of these 
 words, the thoughts, the social conditions and 
 
 186 
 
Pteftfstoric Ctmes 
 
 religious ideas of this people have been ascer- 
 tained. 
 
 They were nomadic hunters and herdsmen, 
 wandering over extensive territories in search 
 of pasture and game. They used wagons drawn 
 by oxen. In summer they lived in huts built 
 of branches of trees, tied together at the top 
 and thatched over with grass and tree branches. 
 In winter they gathered into villages, and con- 
 structed their houses over circular pits dug into 
 the ground, roofed over with branches of trees, 
 and covered with sod and mud. They made use 
 of fire, and had an opening at the top, for the es- 
 cape of smoke. 
 
 They had doors, but had no windows, there 
 being words for doors but none for windows. 
 They clothed themselves in skins of animals, 
 which they sewed together with bone needles, 
 using sinews for thread. They spun and made 
 cloth, and they fashioned pottery. They do- 
 mesticated the cow, the horse, the goat, dog, 
 and sheep. They used milk, and made cheese 
 and butter. Their property was principally in 
 flocks and herds, the ox being the unit of value 
 in their commercial transactions. They occu- 
 pied an extensive region of country. Their sys- 
 tem of notation was digital, the word for five 
 signified a hand; they could count to one hun- 
 dred. They had no word for thousand; they 
 had words for day and night, oak, pine, beech, 
 aspen, maple, apple, and cherry trees. 
 
 Their earliest shrine was the oak tree, upon 
 
UiDDlcs of 
 
 which they hung charms and talismen. The 
 whispering of the wind through the leaves was 
 the voice of the spirits, which could be inter- 
 preted by their conjurers and sorcerers. They 
 believed in magic and in the power of magi- 
 cians who could bless or curse. 
 
 They had no common word for cat, ass, or 
 camel, elephant, lion, tiger, or creatures un- 
 known in North Central Europe. They used 
 a like word for winter and for snow. They had 
 warm and cold months. They divided the 
 months into weeks having names to the seven 
 days in each week after the sun, moon, and 
 planets. The names used for the days of the 
 week have been followed by all the peoples 
 descended from them in the same order. 
 
 They used the plow, drawn by oxen. The 
 very name Aryan signifies a plowman, a cul- 
 tivator of the ground. They made bows of 
 yew wood, spears of ash, shields of twisted 
 twigs. They used the rough stone implements, 
 stones to throw by hand and with a sling, 
 attaching a handle to the stone to make a more 
 effective weapon. They fashioned stone spear 
 heads and arrow heads and stone axes. They 
 cultivated wheat, rye, barley, cabbage, and peas. 
 They had words for lie, sorrow, anger, shame, 
 trouble, scorn ; God, spirit, life, law, and custom. 
 
 They practiced sacrifice, even of human be- 
 ings. They had a system of marriage. The 
 family at first was a community, and after- 
 wards the clan. The home of the clan was in 
 
 188 
 
Cirne* 
 
 villages, the circular huts built around an open 
 space; a family to each hut. Each head of a 
 family was a freeman, and equal in all respects 
 to the others. Sometimes, when in the neigh- 
 borhood of enemies, they built their villages in 
 a deep wood or swamp, or on top of a hill, or 
 fortified it round about with earthwork. 
 
 In the village each householder was equal in 
 right with the others, a freeman entitled to an 
 equal voice in council and to vote for the head- 
 man. The village community held the right of 
 domain to the lands. Each village had three 
 interests in land to provide and protect. First: 
 the domestic use of the lands for each family 
 of the house or hut occupied by them; second: 
 the pastoral use of the lands equally free to the 
 use of all; and, third: the agricultural use for 
 the purposes of individual cultivation. 
 
 The village plots were divided into house 
 lots, and became the absolute and exclusive 
 property of the heads of the families. Every 
 man's house was his stronghold, over which he 
 could claim absolute dominion; no one else 
 had any right there except by his consent. The 
 pasture lands were held in common. 
 
 The agricultural lands were redivided among 
 the heads of the families each for fifty years. 
 Each village had its village god, the ancestor 
 of the families comprising the village. When 
 the village expanded to the clan, the common 
 ancestor of the clan became the clan god. De- 
 parted ancestors were buried close to the house, 
 
RID Dies of 
 
 sometimes beneath the hearthstones, thereafter a 
 sacred spot. The household meal was the time 
 for worship. The spirits of departed an- 
 cestors had a place at the board, and a portion 
 of the food was set apart for the deceased an- 
 cestor, who partook only of the essence, the food 
 itself being consumed afterwards by the head 
 of the household, which was the beginning of 
 sacrifice. These people worshiped a line of an- 
 cestors three back, and no more, unless the dead 
 ancestor was interred at the house under the 
 hearthstone, or in the village of the clan, where 
 it remained an object of worship for a longer 
 time. This worship of ancestors had such a hold 
 on the imagination of the people that it was 
 hard to get any recognition of any other myth- 
 ology or religion or god ; it was effective in pre- 
 venting the formation of a priesthood. 
 
 These people had a vivid imagination, and 
 were impressed by the powers of nature ; their 
 efforts to explain of what they saw caused them 
 to arrive at the conclusion that what they ob- 
 served was the work of powerful and intelli- 
 gent beings, the gods of heaven and earth. The 
 dawn sent her bright beams over the earth, and 
 was speedily pursued by the sun. In winter 
 the earth mourned for the dead summer, which 
 slept in the cold mist guarded by a serpent. 
 They deified first, above all objects of venera- 
 tion, the broad, overarching sky as the father 
 god, Varuna, the object of their highest rever- 
 
 190 
 
Prehistoric Cfmes 
 
 ence. They worshiped the sun, but as a subor- 
 dinate to Varuna. 
 
 The spirit of evil was their dead enemy. Night 
 was a demon, and the name of which was a 
 biting serpent. They believed witches and evil 
 spirits held high carnival in the woods at night, 
 which was always dangerous. 
 
 They had instrumental music. They hunted 
 animals. They cooked meats. They had ducks 
 and geese, but did not have fish. They made 
 yeast and bread. In war their principal weapon 
 was the battle-axe. They also used a sword, a 
 club, and a spear, the bow and arrow. They had 
 a shield and helmet. 
 
 The distinctiveness of the Aryan system lay 
 in the development of the family and clan sys- 
 tem, and in the hearth worship of deceased an- 
 cestors. Each house was a temple, each hearth- 
 stone an altar. Each housefather was the priest, 
 each family a congregation with its own private 
 deity and ritual. The Aryan housefather was a 
 freeman. It was not possible for any ruler to 
 shackle his mind or soul. He maintained his 
 personal freedom as the representative on earth 
 of his dead ancestors to whom he was responsi- 
 ble. 
 
 In the beginning these ancient Aryans dwelt 
 long and preaceably together. As time passed 
 increasing numbers made it necessary for the 
 younger members to seek pastures new. Im- 
 pelled by the necessity for food for their grow- 
 ing families and flocks, and by love of adventure 
 
HiDDIcs of 
 
 and enterprise they swarmed like bees from the 
 parent hive and spread into the surrounding 1 
 lands. Into Asia Minor went the Pelasgians, 
 lonians, Dorians, the Cappoadoceans, the Phyr- 
 gians, and Armenians, following one another and 
 encountering the Iberian inhabitants who had 
 heretofore occupied the lands in Asia Minor, 
 Greece, the Islands of the Mediterranean, and 
 Italy ; into Caucassia and Persia, where they en- 
 countered the Semtic and Cushite or Arabic civ- 
 ilizations; into Chaldea, Mesopotamia, Babylon, 
 Afghanistan, Hindostan, down into the fertile 
 plains of India, where they encountered and 
 overwhelmed the Dravadians. 
 
 Some of them, the Teutons, went westward. 
 The Celts and Gauls went into Denmark, Bel- 
 gium, France, and the British Islands ; some into 
 Sweden and Norway. At the Northeast they en- 
 countered the Finns and Mongols. 
 
 The aggressive migrating spirit of the Aryan 
 people caused them to overrun and overwhelm 
 all other people with whom they came in con- 
 tact. They overcame them, imposed upon them 
 their manners, their customs and their lan- 
 guage. By intermarriages they caused the 
 growth of a mixed race. 
 
 Their course was like that pursued by the 
 Northmen in France, England, Scotland, Ire- 
 land, and along the shores of the Mediterranean 
 Sea one thousand years ago or more. 
 
 Adopting the civilization of the people they 
 conquered, they applied it to their own strenu- 
 
 192 
 
Ctmes 
 
 ous natures, and evolved a high-grade character, 
 with an activity in their enterprises never before 
 exhibited. They builded their civilization on 
 strong and enduring foundations. 
 
 In Aryan communities there are distinctive 
 traces of ideas of private and separate owner- 
 ship and sacredness of the home is a character- 
 istic of all. 
 
 The ancient Greek and Roman civilizations 
 had their gens or village system with community 
 ownership of lands. Such was the case, too, in 
 India ; Calcutta is but an aggregation of a num- 
 ber of village communities. The Celts had the 
 same characteristics of village communities and 
 community ownership. The Irish Sept and the 
 Scottish Clans are the outgrowth of the same 
 ideas. In France there was the same condition 
 of affairs in some parts of it. The ancient Teu- 
 tonic groups of agricultural families held a well- 
 defined tract of land in common, divided into the 
 Village mark the common mark or pastureland 
 and the arable mark or agricultural land. The 
 common was held for pasturage and for obtain- 
 ing firewood, the wooded region for the hunter 
 and the temple of the people which was the 
 home of the goblins and spirits. Here dwelt 
 Odin, the spirit of the tree God, and the God 
 of the wind and tempests. The village mark was 
 divided into house and garden plots, the sole 
 property of the householder and family occupy- 
 ing it. At the boundry between the village 
 marks, the market was held. The Aryans in 
 
 193 
 
of 
 
 Asia seem to have been the Armenians, the 
 Persians, the Carduchi, the Chaldeans, the 
 Babylonians, the Afghans, and the Hindus of 
 India. 
 
 Aryan migration was followed by extensive 
 intermarriage with the original inhabitants of 
 the conquered countries. Instead of annihilating 
 or dispossessing them, they subjugated and 
 amalgamated with the people, occupying the con- 
 quered territory, making changes in size, com- 
 plexion and disposition of the children. 
 
 This ancient Aryan people lived and flourished 
 in their original habitat for ages before the last 
 glacial period in the northern hemisphere, which 
 began 240,000 years ago, and lasted 160,000 
 years. Then the northern hemisphere became 
 more temperate in climate, the eccentricity of 
 the earth's orbit around the sun having become 
 much less and the earth and its northern hemi- 
 sphere getting all the while a greater supply of 
 heat from the sun. There appears to have been 
 warm intervals while the glacial period lasted. 
 
 Heredotus says that Etruria was first settled 
 by a body of Lydians who named the country 
 Tyrena. Thucydides identifies this people with 
 the Pelasgians. They worked silver mines in 
 Thrace. At Caere is to be found an ancient tomb, 
 Pelasgic in structure. 
 
 At Volaterrae, Italy, are massive walls, four of 
 five miles in circuit, which stand on a bare height 
 visible for miles around. Though considerably 
 inland, Volaterrae is said to have supplied tackle 
 
 194 
 
Prehistoric Cime0 
 
 and other gear for Scipio's fleet, from which it 
 would appear she had been a maritime port. 
 
 The original Aryans worshiped as a supreme 
 object of veneration the arching heavens; the sun 
 was a subordinate deity. The Semites worshiped 
 the sun as supreme, as in Egypt, Arabia, and In- 
 , dit. In some inexplicable way the worship of the 
 serpent as the emblem of wisdom grew up; in 
 the worship of Baal and Aethiops this was very 
 prominent. It was after the contact with these 
 ideas that the ancient Cyclops, the Pelasgians 
 builders, became scattered and carried their 
 ideas as mound builders, to North America, as 
 Toltecs to Mexico and Central America, and as 
 Pirunas to Peru ; in all of which the worship of 
 the sun in connection with the veneration of the 
 serpent is made manifest in the ruins of their 
 works. 
 
KtDDle* of 
 
 CHAPTER XIII. 
 
 MYSTICS AND ZOROASTRIANS. 
 
 There were two races in India which as far 
 back as can be ascertained, contended for the 
 land. One was a fair-skinned race of Aryan 
 stock; the other, a dark-skinned race, who pos- 
 sessed the land anterior to the arrival of the in- 
 vaders. The original race left no records; let- 
 ters were not known to them. The only work of 
 their hands is the rude stone circles, the upright 
 stones and the mounds in which they buried 
 their dead. They made hard, round pots of 
 earthenware. They fought with iron weapons, 
 and had ornaments of gold and silver. Long be- 
 fore their advent in India, it was peopled with 
 tribes not acquainted with metals, who warred 
 and hunted with polished flint axes and other 
 implements of stone similar to those found in 
 Northern Europe. These latter had been pre- 
 ceded by men who had agate knives and rough 
 stone implements. 
 
 Aryan history is mentioned in the Rig Veda, 
 an ancient composition of 1,017 poems, in which 
 these people on the banks of the Indus River 
 are divided into tribes. The chief was the pa- 
 
 196 
 
Prehistoric Cime0 
 
 triarch of the tribe, whose title was Vis Pati. 
 Each housefather was the priest in his own 
 household. The Aryan tribes seem to have 
 known about metals ; they had blacksmiths, gold- 
 smiths, carpenters, and other artisans. They 
 fought in chariots and used the horse. They 
 had become tillers of the soil, used ploughs and 
 lived in vilages. Cattle was the principal wealth. 
 
 They built boats, made beer, ate beef, and 
 offered sacrifices to the gods. Their divinities, 
 the shining ones, were the great powers of na- 
 ture Indria, the watery vapor which caused the 
 rain; Agni, the god of Fire; Maruts, the Storm 
 Gods; Ushas, the Dawn; the Sun, Surzya; the 
 wind, Vayu. Rudia, who became Siva of the 
 Hindus, the destroyer, was the God of the roar- 
 ing tempest. Vishnu, the preserver, was the 
 deity of the firmament. They did not understand 
 the art of writing; hymns were handed down by 
 word of mouth from father to son. Those who 
 could best recite had the most influence, and 
 entered the priesthood. 
 
 The Brahmans formed the learned class, and 
 their worship was founded on the power of 
 prayer and sacrifices. They directed the cere- 
 monies at the temples ; they cast horoscopes, and 
 executed magical incantations and charms. 
 
 Light of complexion, they were, with wide 
 forehead, thin lips, expressive mouth, keen eyes, 
 impressive countenance, and noble carriage, the 
 noblest-appearing men on earth. 
 
 The predecessors of the Sanscrit people were 
 
 197 
 
BiDDIcs of 
 
 Hamitic. Their religious symbols were dragons, 
 serpents, and the like, peculiar to the Cushites. 
 Siva, a Cushite divinity, mentioned in the Rig 
 Veda, and the Phallic worship, preceded the 
 Aryans in India. The serpent was regarded by 
 these people as a symbol of intelligence, of im- 
 mortality, of protection against the power of 
 evil spirits, of the renewal of life and of the 
 healing powers of nature. 
 
 On the Island of Elephantine, between Bom- 
 bay and the main land, are remarkable ruins. 
 A colossal statue of an elephant, cracked and 
 mutilated, lies near a cave, the entrance to which 
 is 60 feet wide and 18 feet high, supported by 
 pillars cut out of rock. On the sides of the cave 
 are numerous compartments. In the center of 
 the excavation is a bust thought to represent 
 the Hindu Triad Brahma, the creator; Vishnu, 
 the preserver, and Siva, the destroyer. The 
 heads are six feet long, and one of the figures 
 hold a cobra. 
 
 At Sanshree, India, there is a circle of stones, 
 the upright posts being roughly squared, and 
 joined together at the top by an architrave of 
 stone. The same thickness of the posts is re- 
 peated at Stonehenge. It has three stone rails 
 between the uprights. At Amvavati, India, there 
 are a great many small stone circles of unhewn 
 stone. 
 
 In Algeria, Africa, are to be found a number 
 of stones, and circles in which the floors are 
 paved with stone. The mounds are made of 
 
 198 
 
Prehistoric Cime0 
 
 regular masonry. On the principal stones are 
 letters, the meaning of which is unknown. 
 
 Some of the hill tribes in India continues still 
 to erect standing stones; stones supporting oth- 
 ers are placed on top of them, resembling those 
 found in Europe. 
 
 In the Darnakota district, India, are found 
 numerous circles formed of undressed stones 
 like those at Stonehenge. 
 
 The underground Temple at Ellora, India, are 
 about 4,000 yards long from north to south. 
 They are excavated in the west face of the cliff. 
 This work made necessary the labor of as many 
 hands as were employed upon the Pyramids of 
 Egypt. Those to the south seem to be the old- 
 est. There are from thirty to forty underground 
 structures. 
 
 The Kales is the most northern of the Dravi- 
 dian temples in India. A vast monolith, 250 
 feet long, 150 feet wide, and 100 feet high, is 
 supported by a row of elephants, lions, and other 
 symbolical animals grouped in various attitudes. 
 The walls of the temples are covered with sculp- 
 tures. 
 
 The A junta Hills contain caves scarcely less 
 wonderful than those of Ellora, but they are not 
 so frequently visited by reasons of -the danger 
 from bees. These caves are excavated in the 
 face of the vertical rock. 
 
 South of the Kalaji District is a space of 
 nearly ten miles square, which contains the ruins 
 of granite temples and palaces of Vijayuagai, an 
 
 199 
 
Hi D Dies of 
 
 old-time Hindu capital. A few of its pagodas 
 and its Cyclopean walls, still remain. In this 
 district have been formed many specimens of 
 gold filigree work. 
 
 The Brahmans built up a definite philosophy 
 from the Aryan roots of belief. They dwelt in 
 a world of thought, and held the affairs of this 
 world as but temporary, a region of probation 
 for the purification of the soul. Their effort 
 to solve the mystery of existence brought out a 
 clear conception of the universe, in which reason 
 and imagination were intimately combined, reach- 
 ing the conclusion of emanation and final re- 
 absorption of the human soul into the spirit of 
 Deity. 
 
 All existence would end as it had begun in 
 Brahma alone. The one perfect being had un- 
 folded into a multitude of minor and imper- 
 fect beings. They were debased in the forms 
 of animals, men, angels, and demons. They 
 were to be purified and rendered fit for re- 
 absorption by the life on earth. Evil deeds 
 further debased and made necessary the reincar- 
 nation of the soul of the wicked into animals, 
 or into inanimate things in accordance with the 
 degree of debasement. It must pass in turn 
 through these forms until it was fit to reside 
 again in the form of man ; then it had to pass 
 through the forms again and again, until fit for 
 reabsorption. The virtues of self-control and kind- 
 liness were the highest of human attainments. 
 
 Krishna Vishnu, the black, is the "preserver" of 
 
 200 
 
Prehistoric Cimcs 
 
 the Hindu triad. In his physical character mingle 
 myths of fire, lightning, storm, of heaven and 
 the sun. He was a hero invincible in war, and in 
 love, brave and crafty. His birth was beset with 
 peril; King Kansa sought his life because he 
 had been warned by a voice from Heaven that 
 Krishna would cause his death. The child's 
 parents on the night of his birth removed him 
 across the Yamuna and left him with a shepherd, 
 together with his brother Rjama, the Strong, 
 who had also been saved from massacre. The 
 two brothers grew up among the shepherds 
 slaying wild beasts and demons. His exploits are 
 recited in the hymns of his worship. He cleared 
 the land of monsters. 
 
 Siva, the third God of the Hindu triad, is the 
 destroyer, Brahma is the creator, and Vishnu 
 the preserver. The Siva worshipers assign to 
 him the first place in the triad, identifying him 
 with creation and reproduction as well as de- 
 struction, and so constitute him the Supreme be- 
 ing. He was the Vedas, the storm God, shoot- 
 ing his darts of deadly lightning at the earth. 
 He also bestowed remedial herbs. His aspects, 
 which inspire terror, were exalted in preference 
 to those signifying beneficence. The name Siva, 
 the propitious, was used to propitiate, and later 
 to have supplanted the name of Rudia itself, as 
 presiding over reproduction. He is generally 
 worshiped under phallic symbols, sharing with 
 Yama and Varuna, the attributes of justice and 
 punishment. He is represented as having three 
 
 201 
 
RfDDIe? Of 
 
 eyes to view the past, present, and future. A" 
 crescent about the central eye marks the months, 
 a serpent about his neck marks the years and 
 a necklace about his person of serpents and 
 skulls represents the ages. His weapons are a 
 trident to symbolize him as creator, preserver, 
 and destroyer, a bow and a thunderbolt. He 
 carries a drum shaped like an hour glass, and a 
 noose. His home is Kailasa, one of the highest 
 peaks of the Himalaya. 
 
 Kali, the bloody, is the consort of Siva, and 
 Calcutta is her port. She is represented as black 
 or dark blue, and the inside of her hands are 
 red. Her tongue, which protrudes, is red with 
 blood. During festivals her temple at Kalighat, 
 near Calcutta, is filled with blood. 
 
 The Magi, the priests of Persia, were versed 
 in astrology and practiced divination. The 
 learned class, they acquired widespread influ- 
 ence in public and private life. Their power, 
 indicative of the hold magic and sorcery had on 
 the superstitious masses, resulted in such ex- 
 cesses that Zoroaster instituted various reforms 
 among them. 
 
 The religious doctrines, compiled in the Zend 
 Avesta, for ages orally recited by the Magi, were 
 composed for the most part by Zoroaster. In 
 it he taught that the world is controlled by two 
 spirits, Ormazd and Ahriman. 
 
 Ormazd created the heavens, the planets, the 
 stars, and the earth, the sun and light ; Ahriman 
 produced night and the dark world, and peopled 
 
 202 
 
Cimes 
 
 it with demons, spirits of evil. The two have 
 always been engaged in antagonistic conflict and 
 will continue until Ormazd eventually prevails. 
 They met in conflict and Ahriman, defeated, fell 
 to the earth, a serpent, and in serpent form he 
 constantly tempts mankind. Men, however, have 
 the power to choose between good and evil. 
 
 The religion of Zoroaster may be stated in 
 three ideas : Purity of thought, of speech, and 
 action. 
 
 Between earth and heaven there is a bridge, 
 Chinvat, over which the souls of the dead must 
 pass. On this bridge the spirits of the pure were 
 led by Sarosh, the good angel. The souls of the 
 sinful, fall into the gulf spanned by the bridge 
 where they remain, tormented by the Devas, un- 
 til resurrection day, then earth will burn and all 
 souls must pass through the fire. To the good 
 it will be as a warm milk bath, but the wicked 
 must burn three days and nights, until the evil 
 dross and sin is burned out, and they can be 
 received into Heaven. Ahriman, and all his evil 
 spirits, will thus be purified by fire; all evil will 
 be consumed, all darkness will be banished, and 
 a pure light, beautiful and eternal, will prevail. 
 
 The life of man, bodily and spiritually, was 
 given him as a sacred trust to be kept pure and 
 free from sin. To be blessed, man must do 
 virtuous deeds, be charitable, be humble, speak 
 kindly words, wish good to others, have a clean 
 heart, acquire learning, speak truly, suppress an- 
 ger, be patient, friendly and contented. 
 
 203 
 
HJDDICS of 
 
 It being considered man's duty to reclaim the 
 earth, agriculture was a sacred calling. The 
 toads and serpents created by Ahriman were 
 to be destroyed by men; the extermination of 
 these animals was considered a pious pastime, 
 in which the priests were not ashamed to en- 
 gage. 
 
 The Zoroastrians believed in the sacredness 
 of earth, air, fire, and water, hence their dead 
 could not be buried, left to decay in a sepulchral 
 chamber, burned nor cast in the sea. Accord- 
 ingly the bodies were given over to the wild 
 beasts and carrion birds, exposed on lofty tow- 
 ers in desert places. The bones, falling to earth, 
 were buried. Later burial was permitted, but 
 only when body was encased in wax to preserve 
 the ground from contamination. 
 
 Magic was among the earliest growths of hu- 
 man thought. The evidence of its remote an- 
 tiquity lies in the evidence of its presence among 
 all races of mankind. People imagined the 
 sorcerer had some mysterious power by which 
 he might bewitch. He might charm away illness 
 and death. Not disease alone, but all other af- 
 fairs in life come within the scope of his power, 
 storm, thunder, rain, and drought were subject to 
 his control. When the Spaniards first came to 
 America they found sorcerers in Mexico, Yuca- 
 tan, Peru, Brazil, and Guiana. In North 
 America sorcery was practiced by the Indian 
 medicine men, who charmed by the rattle and 
 drum. In Africa the conjurors are the rain- 
 
 204 
 
Ctmes 
 
 makers. They had fetiches and talismen, who 
 bring good fortune. 
 
 The civilization of Babylon was permeated 
 with a belief in magical power of the conjurors 
 and socerers. It was on astrology the greatest 
 stress was laid. The five planets and the sun 
 and moon were called the interpreters, foretell- 
 ing events of all kinds. To the Babylonian as- 
 trological system belong the stars of men's na- 
 tivity, the planetary houses, and the twelve signs 
 of the Zodiac. 
 
 The ancient Greeks believed in and frequently 
 consulted the oracles of the gods. The myth 
 of Circe, turning the companions of Odysseus 
 into swine, shows the barbaric belief in magical 
 transformation. They also believed in the power 
 of the evil eye. In old Rome almost every act 
 was preceded by divination of the sorcerers, and 
 only undertaken with magical sanction. Egypt 
 was a home for the beliefs in the magical powers, 
 in which invocations, sacrifices, and talismen were 
 employed. 
 
 After their return from captivity the Jews 
 worked out a system of magical powers. The 
 magician in his black robe embroidered with 
 magical figures, invokes the magical demons with 
 which Solomon and other workers did wonder- 
 ful things. 
 
 The ancient Sanscrit literature is filled with 
 ancient magical precepts and charms. Ancient 
 Hindu magic was used in exorcism and formulas 
 and charms to cure disease are early recorded. 
 
 205 
 
131DDIC0 Of 
 
 CHAPTER XIV. 
 
 ALONG THE NILE AND THE EUPHRATES. 
 
 Egypt has been called the "Gift of the Nile," 
 the land of mystery. Lost are her arts, ruined 
 her pillared halls, silent the vocal Memnon that 
 for centuries saluted the rising sun, yet the un- 
 wearied sphinx still gazes out over the shifting 
 sands into the future. Gone are the hated kings 
 who scourged the toilers on the pyramids, gone 
 the shepherd usurpers that "knew not Joseph," 
 gone the enchantress at whose feet Caesar forgot 
 honor and Anthony ambition, still that ancient 
 monument rises, majestic, above the gold of the 
 desert, unmoved by the desolation of to-day, the 
 splendor of yesterday. 
 
 The Egyptian gods were worshiped in triads. 
 One group of gods represent the worship of 
 the sun; Ra, the sun, stands at the head of this 
 group, subdivisions of which are Mentor, the 
 rising sun, and Abma, the setting sun, while 
 Shu, the Solar light, is the son of Ra and Men- 
 tor. The most popular group consists of Osiris, 
 his wife Isis, and their son Horus. Osiris was 
 identified with the sun. Sun-worship was the 
 primitive religion of the Egyptians. 
 
 Ra has been generally represented as a hawk- 
 
 206 
 
Prehistoric Cime0 
 
 headed man, bearing on his head the sun around 
 which the uraeus, a serpent, the symbol of power, 
 is entwined. It is the ancient sacred serpent of 
 Egypt. Other emblems of Osiris are the bull 
 and the Phoenix. 
 
 In the Eighteenth Egyptian Dynasty an at- 
 tempt was made to abolish all other religious 
 worship save that of Ra, the only representation 
 of which was the solor disk with the uraeus en- 
 twined around it. Osiris and Ra are essentially 
 the good principle, the light; Set is the opposite 
 principle of darkness. 
 
 It was to Osiris the prayers and offerings for 
 the dead were made. His soul was supposed to 
 animate the body of apes. The sacred Bull. The 
 Mendosian Goat was also used in the worship of 
 Osiris and Ra. The bull and the goat were the 
 symbols of the productive power of nature. 
 Thoth or Tauut, the moon god, takes precedence 
 after Ra and Osiris. He is the god of letters 
 and reckoning. 
 
 The Egyptians attributed to the human soul a 
 divine origin ; they believed that throughout life 
 there is a constant warfare between good and 
 evil in man, and that the soul of man, after death, 
 was judged by Osiris. 
 
 Those who were justified before Osiris passed 
 into perpetual happiness; those who were not, 
 were condemned to perpetual misery. The per- 
 formance of the religious rites consisted largely 
 of incantations invoked by the priests. 
 
 It is noticeable that in all the records of the 
 
 207 
 
Of 
 
 history of Egypt there is no mention made of a 
 flood or deluge. 
 
 Herodotus observes that the Egyptians were 
 the first people who held the soul to be immortal, 
 and to advance the doctrine of transmigration. 
 This doctrine is also held by Buddhists, Druids, 
 and Pharisees. 
 
 Cows were considered sacred, not to be killed 
 for food, a practice which prevails to this day 
 in India; cats were also held in reverence. 
 
 The morality and correct living of the Egyp- 
 tians is shown by their ritual of confession of 
 the Dead, which it was necessary to make to 
 Osiris in order to attain permanent happiness. 
 
 The Chaldeans worshiped the sky, the moon, 
 and five planets. At the head of the Pantheon 
 of the gods, stands II or Ra. Hea or Hoa was 
 a mystic man, half fish, which came up from the 
 Persian Gulf and taught man astronomy and 
 letters. 
 
 He holds a position similar to Neptune, and 
 in many respects corresponds with him. He is 
 king of the rivers; he came from the sea to 
 enlighten the Babylonians. He is lord of the 
 abyss, the great deep. He is the god of science and 
 knowledge; the teacher he is and the inventor 
 of the Chaldean alphabet. He is the god of life. 
 
 Hurka is the son of Bel Nimrod. San, the sun 
 god, the lord of light and fire, was the ruler of 
 the day. It was thought that the manifest agency 
 of the sun in assisting all the powers of nature, 
 was the great motive power of the world. 
 
 208 
 
Prehistoric Cimeg 
 
 Val, the god of the atmosphere, made tem- 
 pests, and was the destroyer of crops, the rooter 
 up of trees, the scatterer of the harvests. He 
 gave the rain, and was the giver of abundance. 
 Bel, in character and attributes, is, like Hercules, 
 the God of strength and courage, and lord of 
 the brave ; the warrior who subdues foes, and the 
 destroyer of enemies. He was the god of 
 Babylon, the chief object of worship as that city 
 grew in importance. 
 
 In the beginning all was darkness and water 
 and monstrous things were generated, monster 
 fish, and reptiles and serpent ; creatures part man 
 and part horse, bulls with human heads, dogs 
 with four bodies and fish tails. A woman ruled 
 them all, Thalatth. Bel appeared and split the 
 woman in twain, and from her blood, mixed 
 with the earth, men and beasts were formed. 
 Belus likewise made the sun and moon and the 
 five planets. 
 
 God appeared to Xisuthrus in a dream and 
 warned him mankind would be destroyed by a 
 deluge. He bade him bury, at Sippara, the city 
 of the sun, all writings extant, and to build a 
 ship and enter with his family and his friends 
 and furnish it with meat and drink, and place 
 on board a pair of all the winged fowl and four- 
 footed beasts of the earth. Xisuthrus, built the 
 ship and collected all that had been told him on 
 board. The flood came, and after it had abated 
 he went to Babylon to recover the buried writ- 
 ings which he made known to men. 
 
 209 
 
of 
 
 CHAPTER XV. 
 
 AS THE MONGOLS THINK. 
 CHINA. 
 
 The Chinese held that a period of 2,267,000 
 years lapsed between the time when heaven and 
 earth first united to the appearance man. Their 
 ancient records describe little herds of wanderers 
 moving about the forest of Shanse, a mountain 
 district in Northern Central China, without 
 houses, without clothing, without fire, subsisting 
 on roots and insects and the spoils of the chase. 
 As they journey east they came to the Yellow 
 River. They established settlements on the fer- 
 tile plains of southeast Shan Se, and brought 
 with them habits of industry. They lived in 
 tents; they have preserved the pattern of their 
 tents in the roofs of their buildings of all kinds, 
 including their temples. They had herds, as is 
 evident from the roots of their language. Their 
 name for governors signify herdsman or pastors 
 of men. Their word signifying truthfulness, up- 
 rightness, means "One's own sheep," which 
 would indicate their first ideas of justice grew 
 out of the controversy about sheep. 
 
 They found the country inhabited. The 
 
 2IO 
 
Prehistoric Cime0 
 
 aborigines naturally retreated and became ene- 
 mies of the invaders. They were called "fiery 
 dogs of the north, great bowmen of the east, un- 
 governable vermin of the south, mounted war- 
 riors of the west." 
 
 Unable to withstand the invaders, they re- 
 treated to the mountains. The invaders learned 
 to make huts of the boughs of trees, and to pro- 
 duce fire by friction. They reverenced Tew, 
 the creating, preserving and destroying power. 
 They used a method of registering time by mak- 
 ing knots in cords, twisted bark of trees, and such 
 things. They evidenced their gratitude to heaven 
 by offering the first fruits in sacrifice. They 
 learned to use :ron and copper. They made in- 
 vestigations into botany, and learned to make 
 use of the silk worm in weaving cloth. They 
 learned to write. 
 
 Their heiroglyphics speak to the eye. They 
 are said to have been invented some 3,000 or 
 more years before the Christian Era, and pri- 
 marily were pictorial representations of the ob- 
 jects for which they stand. 
 
 Since Chinese traditions refer to gods and god- 
 descended heroes, it is probable that their early 
 religion was polytheistic in form. Finally their 
 doctrines, whatever they may have been, seem to 
 have become merged in a worship of a "supreme 
 ruler," which tenet appears to have had little 
 appreciable effect on the beliefs of the people 
 who are to all intents and purposes atheistic, 
 their providence being a vague, impersonal crea- 
 
 211 
 
of 
 
 tion worthy of less respect than the long line of 
 ancestors to whom they dedicate yearly festivals. 
 
 In the sixth century B. C. Lao-tse, traveling 
 through southern and western China, bent on 
 historic research, came in contact with Hindu 
 influences, the result of which was an infusion of 
 Brahmanic thought into the well-nigh obsolete 
 dogmas of his native land. 
 
 He inculcated charity, benevolence, and virtue, 
 advancing the foreign theories of contemplation 
 and reabsorption into the spiritual essence, 
 whence man emanated, after a life of sensual 
 repression. 
 
 The religion he founded, Taoism, is one of the 
 three popular religions of China to-day, cor- 
 rupted by debasing practices, far removed, in- 
 deed, from the system of its founder. About 
 four hundred years subsequent to his death his 
 followers brewed a "drink of immortality," pos- 
 sibly a fermented potation that considerably aug- 
 mented their zeal, and because a potent aid in 
 the summary removal of refractory emperors. 
 They practiced alchemy, divination, and exor- 
 cism, and attracted to themselves the ridicule of 
 their more advanced countrymen. But all this 
 was long after Lao-tse had been born to aged 
 parents like the Hebrew Isaac, long after he had 
 studied and traveled, and sought to further the 
 welfare of his people, long after he instituted 
 the monastic rule of silence and had founded 
 nunneries, long after he had mounted to heaven 
 
 212 
 
Cfmes 
 
 on a black buffalo, aged one hundred and nine- 
 teen years. 
 
 Fifty years younger than Lao-tse was Confu- 
 cius, the sage, philosopher, and statesman, the 
 greatest name in Chinese history, the moralist 
 whose ethical code has moulded the thought and 
 dictated the action of his countrymen from gen- 
 eration to generation. Admitted to public office 
 at an early age, he there instituted such advan- 
 tageous reform as to win universal acclaim. 
 Upon the death of his mother he, in accordance 
 with the ancient rule long since fallen into dis- 
 use, entered upon the prescribed three years' se- 
 clusion after having accorded her a costly burial. 
 One wonders whether his wife, whom he di- 
 vorced after four years' conjugal felicity, that 
 he might study philosophy, was not a blessing 
 in disguise. Henceforth Confucius, honored as 
 an authority on ancient customs and usages, 
 traveled from state to state, evolving his famous 
 system unadvisedly termed a religion. Like all 
 reformers, he experienced the extreme measures 
 of popular favor. To-day he was feted, to- 
 morrow imprisoned. Often his efforts were ac- 
 corded unmerited obloquy. In despair he wan- 
 dered from state to state trying to impress upon 
 his brethren the need of his reforms, meeting 
 little acknowledgment for his services, and when 
 old age and penury were upon him he desisted 
 from importuning his impassive hearers and de- 
 voted himself to composing those themes which 
 his immediate followers have expanded into a 
 
 213 
 
BiODles of 
 
 system. After his death there was a reversion of 
 public feeling in his favor, and what he had 
 worked to perform was approved and accepted. 
 
 Confucianism is a combination of ethics and 
 political economy with a faint tincture of phi- 
 losophy. The literary Chinaman who has been 
 bred in the tenets of Confucius, regards the earth 
 with its recurrent phenomena as a stupendous 
 mechanism, capable of sustaining itself through 
 countless ages. The laws of causation and pro- 
 gression are impeled by a mechanical Intelli- 
 gence which the good Mongol accepts without 
 doubt or question. There is, perhaps, a leaven 
 of Zoroastrianism in this system of manifold 
 origins. Good and evil exist, and man as an in- 
 telligent being is able to distinguish between 
 them; as a rational being, he will select the 
 good, and in this selection he will be actuated by 
 material motives. 
 
 The archetype of government is the family; 
 man, as a member of a family, maintains cer- 
 tain, well-defined relations with every other 
 member of the same family, and in the rigorous 
 performance of such duties as are evolved from 
 and tend to strengthen and confine those rela- 
 tionships, hinges the welfare of the family at 
 large. Man, as the member of a national fam- 
 ily, practices the virtues, not because they are 
 fundamental moral principles, but because ad- 
 herence to them best fits them for the just execu- 
 tion of those obligations inalienably derived from 
 his office of husband, father, son, citizen. The 
 
 214 
 
Prehistoric Cimes 
 
 basis of all activity, political and religious, seems 
 to be an exaggerated sense of filial respect which 
 has resulted in paternal despotism and ancestral 
 worship. The Romans had their Lares, the 
 feudal nobles their chapels containing the sculp- 
 tured representations of their illustrious dead, 
 and the mandarin a domestic sanctuary, the 
 walls of which are a mosaic composed of tablets 
 dedicated to his fathers. Practical as the Chi- 
 nese are, accepting the present with little or no 
 thought of the mysterious, far-remote past, they 
 can appreciate the systems and customs planned 
 by those who have departed they know not 
 where, and productive of lasting benefit. Those, 
 therefore, who had been instrumental in promot- 
 ing the welfare of their descendants, are to be 
 revered and honored ; their precepts are to be in- 
 culcated and their examples followed without 
 amendment or deviation. This peculiar cast of 
 Mongolian character, so truly represented by 
 Confucius, is fully explanatory of the Chinese 
 imperturbability, exclusiveness and dread of in- 
 novation. He is satisfied with the present; to 
 the immediate past he is bound by a veneration 
 for those who established existing order; the 
 future he seeks not to penetrate. When the cur- 
 tain is down and the lights are out, then comes 
 the end. There is no reverting to origins. Such 
 ancient rituals as are in order should be sup- 
 ported by every just man, but as to whether 
 genii and spirits exist or no, Confucius himself 
 did not know nor did he aspire to know. He 
 
 215 
 
of 
 
 exhorted his followers to sacrifice to them in 
 accordance with ancient custom, and with that 
 his countrymen have been content even unto this 
 day. Strangely enough, though, the Chinese ac- 
 cept the end without comment or conjecture, and 
 have remained proof against any thought or dis- 
 cussion as to a future existence, their last rites 
 are solemn and costly. To be happy on earth, 
 thus runs an ancient proverb, man must be born 
 in Su-chow, extolled for the beauty of its 
 women, live in Canton, a metropolis unrivaled 
 for its luxury, and die in Lianchau, whose for- 
 ests furnish the most desirable wood for coffins. 
 
 As compared with Confucianism, Taoism, in 
 its original conception, more nearly approaches 
 our idea of a religion, but Confucianism has 
 been more clearly apprehended as better adapted 
 to practical ends by the apathetic Chinaman. 
 
 The flowery islands of Japan are of volcanic 
 origin, which manifestation of internal heat, to- 
 gether with fhe fructifying powers of the sun, 
 have been no unimportant factors in the evolu- 
 tion of Shintoism. 
 
 According to ancient legends the Mikado is 
 descended through a long line of deific heroes 
 from the sun goddess, the principal object of 
 worship. Japanese history, replete as it is with 
 interesting adventure, the outcome of the strug- 
 gles between the Shioguns and the emperors, 
 and the suppression of Christianity, which was 
 attended by barbarous cruelty, has produced an 
 innumerable galaxy of local heroes, and as these 
 
 216 
 
Prehistoric Cime0 
 
 heroes, after death, undergo an immediate 
 apotheosis, it stands to reason that wayside 
 shrines and temples are decidedly a positive 
 quantity. The temples occupy elevated ground 
 as being nearer the eternal abode of Ten-sio dai- 
 sin, the mother of light, and are surrounded by 
 groves like the Druid altars. They contain no 
 idols, but all around are inscriptions as to the 
 merits of the departed, and before the altar is 
 a mirror, the reflection of truth. The ceremonial 
 is simple in the extreme. Before entering the 
 temple the worshiper first cleanses himself at the 
 font, the symbol of purity. Entering he pros- 
 trates himself before the mirror, and engages 
 in prayer, which being accomplished a few cop- 
 pers are deposited in the alms-box and the rev- 
 erent Shintoist strikes a bell, a polite intimation 
 to the perhaps nodding gods that their attention 
 is no longer required. Shintoism advocates 
 purity of thought, abstinence from what tends 
 to degrade and render man impure, observance 
 of festival and holy days, pilgrimages, and flagel- 
 lation, and mortification. These last practices, 
 which prove how cheap the Japanese hold life, 
 and are the outgrowth of the system of that hero 
 worship which insures to the valorous the per- 
 petuation of his name as long as the sun shall 
 rise above the Pacific, antedated and paved the 
 way for the institution of hari-kari, the legalized 
 mode of suicide. This custom, now almost obso- 
 lete, was attended by grave ceremony after which 
 
 217 
 
of 
 
 the chief celebrant calmly ended this life by two 
 cross-cuts on the abdomen. 
 
 Of the two distinguishing features of Shinto- 
 ism, sacrifice to heroes and worship of ancestors, 
 the latter is undoubtedly of Chinese origin. In 
 its turn Shintoism has modified Buddhism, a 
 Hindu importation. 
 
 218 
 
Cfme0 
 
 CHAPTER XVI. 
 
 WHERE THE GRACES ABIDE. 
 
 In considering the formation and development 
 of character, individual or national, the study 
 of environment finds an important place. Small 
 wonder, then, that the beauty-loving Greeks 
 should have peopled their rugged slopes with 
 dancing satyrs and laughing fauns, their mossy 
 vales with graceful nymphs, their softly flowing 
 fountains with niads enthralled by their own 
 reflected charms, their rustling oaks with modest 
 dryads, trembling before the musical breath at- 
 tuned by desiring Apollo! 
 
 The world was formed when Gaea, the earth, 
 first issued from Chaos, dark, unbounded space. 
 Then Tartarus, the abyss beneath the earth, im- 
 mediately severed itself, and Eros, the love that 
 forms and binds all things, sprang into exist- 
 ence. 
 
 From the union of Gaea with Uranus, the 
 heaven, sprang the Titans, the Cyclops and the 
 Centimanes. From her union with Pontos, the 
 sea, resulted the various sea deities. 
 
 There were twelve Titans, who doubtless rep- 
 resented the elementary forces of nature. The 
 
 219 
 
EUDDle0 of 
 
 three Cyclopes Brontes, thunder; Steropes, 
 lightning; and Arges, sheet-lightning refer to 
 the phenomena of the storm. The three Centi- 
 manes, the hundred-handed, are Cottus, Briareus, 
 and Gyes, who represent the destructive forces 
 of nature, the earthquake, the tempestuous sea, 
 and the wind-storm. 
 
 The most important of all the Titans are 
 Cronus and Rhea, who paved the way for the 
 universal dominion of their son Zeus. 
 
 Uranus, fearing lest his last-born sons, the 
 Cyclopes and the Centimanes, might one day 
 seize his power, buried them directly after birth 
 in the great byss beneath the earth. This dis- 
 pleased Gsea, their mother, who thereupon 
 prompted the Titans to conspire against their 
 father, and Cronus, the youngest and bravest of 
 them, laid violent hands on him. Uranus was 
 bound with chains, and compelled to abdicate 
 his sovereignty, which passed to Cronus. But 
 Cronus was not destined to enjoy the fruits of 
 his crime. The curse of Uranus, who prophe- 
 sied that he would suffer a like fate at the hands 
 of his own son, was fulfilled. So anxious was 
 he to avert such a catastrophe, that he swallowed 
 his children immediately after their birth. Five 
 had already suffered this fate. But their mother, 
 Rhea, grieved, determined to rescue her next 
 son by a strategem. In the place of her child, 
 she gave her husband a stone wrapped in swad- 
 dling clothes, which he swallowed. Zeus, thus 
 
 220 
 
Prehistoric Cime0 
 
 rescued, was reared by nymphs in a grotto in 
 Crete. 
 
 The she-goat Amalthea was his nurse, whilst 
 the bees fed him with wild honey. That the cries 
 of the child might not be heard, the attendant 
 priests of Rhea drowned his voice with the 
 clashing of their weapons. Zeus remained hid- 
 den until he became a mighty, though youthful, 
 god. He attacked and overthrew his father, 
 Cronus, whom he compelled to bring forth the 
 children he had devoured. 
 
 Chief of the celestial deities is Zeus, the Jupi- 
 ter of the Romans, the controller and ruler of the 
 universe. He is the source of all life in nature, 
 and from his gracious hand are shed blessings 
 and abundance. All the phenomena of the air pro- 
 ceeded from him. He gathers and disperses the 
 clouds, casts forth his lightning, stirs up his 
 thunder, sends down rain, hail, snow and the 
 fertilizing dew. With his ozgis he produces storm 
 and tempest. 
 
 The Greeks saw in Zeus a personification of 
 that principle of undeviating order and harmony 
 which pervades both the physical and moral 
 world. He is regarded as the protector and de- 
 fender of all political order. From him the 
 kings of the earth receive their sovereignty and 
 rights ; to him they are responsible for a con- 
 scientious fulfillment of their duties. 
 
 One of the most important props of political 
 society is the oath, and accordingly Zeus 
 watches over oaths and punishes perjury. He 
 
 221 
 
of 
 
 also watches over boundaries, and accompanies 
 the youths of the land as they march to the de- 
 fence of their country, giving them victory over 
 the invaders. All civil and political communities 
 enjoy his protection, but he particularly 
 watches over that association which is the basis 
 of the political fabric, the family. 
 
 The head of every household was in a certain 
 sense, the priest of Zeus. It was the house- 
 father who presented the offerings to the gods 
 in the name of the family. At the altar, which 
 generally stood in the middle of the court in 
 small households this was represented by the 
 hearth strangers, fugitives, and suppliants here 
 found shelter. Zeus protects the wanderer, and 
 punishes those who violate the ancient laws of 
 hospitality. 
 
 Men early saw in all the phenomena of the 
 heavens manifestations of the divine will. Thus 
 the chief deity of heaven was naturally regarded 
 as the highest source of inspiration, and was 
 believed to reveal his will in thunder, lightning, 
 the flight of birds, or dreams. As the supreme 
 oracular deity, Zeus not only had an oracle of 
 his own at Dodona in Epirus, but also revealed 
 the future by mouth of his favorite son Apollo. 
 
 Some of the Titans refused allegiance to Zeus, 
 who, after a contest of ten years, overthrew them, 
 aided by the Cyclopes and the Centimanes. As 
 a punishment they were cast into Tartarus, 
 which was then closed with brazen gates. Thes- 
 saly, the land which bears the clearest traces of 
 
 222 
 
Prehistoric Cimes 
 
 natural convulsions, was supposed to have been 
 the scene of this mighty war. Zeus and his ad- 
 herents fought from Olympus, and the Titans 
 from the opposite mountain of Othrys. 
 
 After his victory over the Titans, Zeus shared 
 the empire of the world with his two brothers, 
 Poseidon and Hades. The former he made ruler 
 of the waters, and the latter he set over the in- 
 fernal regions; everything else he retained for 
 himself. This new order of things, however, was 
 by no means securely established. The resentful 
 Gaea wedded Tartarus' son, and gave birth to the 
 giant Typhceus, a monster with a hundred fire- 
 breathing, dragons' heads, whom she sent to 
 overthrow the dominion of Zeus. A great bat- 
 tle took place, which shook heaven and earth. 
 Zeus, by means of his never-ceasing thunderbolts, 
 at length overcame Typhoeus, and cast him be- 
 neath the underworld, or, according to later 
 writers, buried him beneath Mount Aetna in 
 Sicily, whence at times he still breathes fire and 
 flames. 
 
 The history of Zeus and his contests for 
 universal empire was a favorite subject of Greek 
 art. In the more ancient of these works the 
 giants do not differ, either in form or appear- 
 ance, from the gods and heroes. In later works 
 they are represented with the bodies of dragons, 
 the upper portion being human. 
 
 All the earlier shrines were overshadowed by 
 the great national seat at Olympia, where the 
 renowned Olympic games were celebrated, and 
 
 223 
 
Hi D Dies of 
 
 where stood the magnificent statue of Zeus by 
 Phidias. 
 
 The mythology of the Greeks stands in strik- 
 ing contrast to that of the Romans, in assigning 
 to Zeus a great number of mortal as well as im- 
 mortal spouses, and a numerous posterity, and 
 yet there was nothing farther from the intention 
 of the Greeks than to represent the supreme 
 deity of heaven as a sensual and lascivious be- 
 ing. The explanation lies partly in the great 
 number of contemporaneous local forms of wor- 
 ship that existed independently of each other, and 
 partly in the fact that the lively fancy of the 
 Greek pictured every new production under the 
 guise of procreation. The earliest wife was 
 Metis, prudence, whom Zeus devoured, fearing 
 lest she should bear a son, who would deprive 
 him of the empire it had cost him so much to 
 attain. Soon after this that he produced Pallas 
 Athene from his own head. His second goddess- 
 wife was Themis, one of the Titans, by whom 
 he became the father of Horae, the houri, and the 
 Moerae, the fates. Dione appears as the mother 
 of Aphrodite, and Maia was the mother of 
 Hermes. By Demeter he became the father of 
 Persephone, goddess of vegetation. By Eury- 
 nome, the Charities, Graces, were born; by 
 Mnemosyne, the muses ; by Leto, Apollo and Ar- 
 temis. The youngest of all his divine wives, his 
 only legitimate queen, was his sister Hera. By 
 her he became the father of Ares, Hephaestus, 
 and Hebe. His mortal mistresses were many. 
 
 224 
 
Cfrne* 
 
 Worship of Melcarth or Hercules, was carried 
 on in Northern Africa, beyond the Straits of 
 Hercules, where it was established in times more 
 ancient than Sidon and Tyre. When Gades was 
 built near the old city of Erythea, famed in the 
 myths in connection with Hercules and Gergon, 
 Spain had long been an old country, full of an- 
 cient cities and rich in monuments of an old 
 civilization. 
 
 The story of Hercules is one of the most glori- 
 ous in the mythology of Greece. He was the son 
 of Zeus and Alemene, a mortal. Many labors 
 he performed ere he was accorded immortality. 
 He strangled the lion that stalked surly through 
 the gloomy forests of Nemea, heedless of 
 weapons sped by mortal hand; he destroyed the 
 many-headed hydra that ranged the salt marshes 
 of Lernea, breathing venom; he captured the 
 swift hind of Diana, fleeter than the wind; he 
 subdued the savage boar that ravaged Eryman- 
 thus, ploughing up the fresh-sown fields and 
 treading down the young corn; he turned Al- 
 pheus and Peneus from their courses and watered 
 the Augean stables; he exterminated the man- 
 eating birds that frequented the shores of Stym- 
 phalis; he delivered Crete from the raging bull 
 that roamed through the land, maddened by the 
 gods; he secured the mares that fed on human 
 flesh in the kingdom of Bistonia ; he overpowered 
 and slew the Amazonian Hippolyta, and bore 
 away her zone in triumph ; he overcame the mon- 
 ster Geryon, and led his herds to Argos; he 
 
 225 
 
KiDDlcs Of 
 
 obtained the golden apples from the Hesperides, 
 that fired the war of mighty heroes; he de- 
 scended to Hades and led forth the three-headed 
 Cerberus these and many other feats he per- 
 formed, admired by gods and men. With his 
 wife, Dejanira, he traversed a stony country, 
 and the way being rough, Nessus, the centaur, 
 offered to bear her on his back. He offered her 
 violence, for which Hercules slew him. Dying, 
 the apparently penitent Centaur revealed unto 
 the pitying Dejanira a potent love charm. In 
 the aftertime Hercules carried off the princess 
 lole, and Dejanira, hoping to regain her hus- 
 band's love, annointed his robe with the philter 
 she had received from Nessus. No sweet-smell- 
 ing ointment was it, but a venomous poison that 
 penetrated to the very bone. Crazed, Hercules 
 sought to tear it from him, tearing away the 
 burning flesh with it. For him the end had 
 come; he mounted the pyre and was caught up 
 in a dense cloud. 
 
 The sorrowing Leto, fleeing before the wrath 
 of jealous Hera, hastened to hide in the green 
 and silver olive woods of Mount Cynthus, where 
 her children, Phoebus and Artemis, were fed with 
 nectar and ambrosia by the pitying Themis. 
 
 The worship of Zeus was the outgrowth of 
 traditions referring back to the misty past, when 
 Atlantis raised her walled terraces above the en- 
 circling ocean, but that of Phoebus Apollo may 
 be considered distinctly Greek, the impersona- 
 tion of Greek life after the aboriginal Pelas- 
 
 326 
 
ic Cimes 
 
 gians had been absorbed and Hellenic thought 
 further developed. 
 
 When we compare the mild rites of Apollo, 
 whose festivities were marked by a cessation of 
 all hostilities, with the sanguinary practices of 
 the Aztecs, we perceive what a beneficial in- 
 fluence the former had on the social and political 
 progress of the Grecian States. Apollo was a 
 national, rather than a local, deity, and his 
 shrines were sacred alike to the Lacedaemonian 
 and the Athenian, the Theban and the native of 
 Lesbos. The oracle of Delphi gained a world- 
 wide celebrity, and was often consulted by 
 Asiatic monarchs and Roman consuls. 
 
 Apollo as the god of retributive justice re- 
 serves his glittering arrows for insolent offend- 
 ers. He is the god of minstrelsy and of pro- 
 phetic inspiration, the guardian of wandering 
 flocks and the god of medicine. He is the 
 founder of cities and the sun god who rides 
 across the heavens in a golden chariot. 
 
 His sister, Artemis, Diana, is the chaste god- 
 dess of the moon and the chase. She it is who 
 watches over young maidens and little children. 
 Clad in a flowing gown, girt with stars, she 
 watches o'er the sleeping world, and the cres- 
 cent on her brow shines through the darkness. 
 
 The most important triad of goddesses was 
 composed of Hera, the supreme wife of Zeus, to 
 whom matrons pray, whose altars the unchaste 
 were prohibited from touching; Pallas Athene, 
 who sprang, full-grown, from the head of Zeus, 
 
 227 
 
of 
 
 the goddess of wisdom, the patroness of agri- 
 culture ; and smiling Aphrodite, born of the white 
 of the foam, the grace of the wave, the musical 
 sound of waters, the goddess of love and beauty, 
 whose eyes reflect the azure sky, in whose tresses 
 sunbeams are ensnared, for whose smile mortals 
 may well forego the destined joys of paradise. 
 
 228 
 
Prehistoric Cfmes 
 
 CHAPTER XVII. 
 
 IN THE LAND OF THE MIDNIGHT SUN. 
 
 The picturesque Nordland, whose pine- 
 crowned, gneissic promontories rise, precipitous, 
 above the blue waters of the fiords ; where, in 
 the long night, the Aurora Borealis spans the 
 darkness, a multi-colored pennant flaming in the 
 wind ; o'er whose sedge-fringed lakes the sea 
 fowl scream; whose storm-lashed isles are the 
 home of the downy eider; where the mighty 
 maelstrom, calm only at slack tide, rages at ebb 
 and flood, stranding giant whales and crushing, 
 as a nutshell, the bark of venturesome man ; 
 where the rivers leap from crag to crag in a 
 shower of silver spray ; and in whose rocky pools 
 the salmon play, is the cradle of a highly imag- 
 inative pagan mythology, as told in the Eddas, 
 the great-grandmother legends. 
 
 The elder, or poetic, Edda is a collection of 
 alliterative verse, dealing with ancient traditions, 
 and compiled, early in the twelfth century, by 
 an Icelandic priest. The younger, or prose, 
 Edda, presumably the work of various writers, 
 was compiled toward the end of the twelfth cen- 
 tury, and treats of Scandinavian mythology and 
 literature and skaldic composition. 
 
 229 
 
KiD Hies of 
 
 Thus runs the elder Edda: In the beginning 
 there were two worlds, Neiflheim, to the north, 
 the land of frost and snow, where the twelve 
 icy rivers ran; and Muspelheim, to the south, 
 the radiant land of light and heat. Forth from 
 Neiflheim flowed the cold streams, which hard- 
 ened into ice, and from Muspelheim, borne on 
 the air, came wave upon wave of heat. Heat 
 and cold contended, and the melting ice drops, 
 now instinct with life, produced Ymir, the father 
 of the frost giants ; evil he and all his race. As 
 yet there was neither earth nor heaven, neither 
 land nor sea, only the frozen gap between Neifl- 
 heim and Muspelheim. Here Ymir dwelt, nour- 
 ished by the cow Aedhumla, a creature formed 
 from melting frost; and here, even while he 
 slept, Ymir gave birth to the frost giants. A 
 man and woman issued from under his left arm, 
 and sons from his feet, and his family increased, 
 both sons and daughters. 
 
 And the fairest of the daughters, Beltsa, was 
 without a husband, nor was there any among 
 her kin whom she desired. Now the cow, Aed- 
 humla, grazing on the snow-covered pastures, 
 came upon a large stone, crusted with snow and 
 ice. Immediately she began licking this stone, 
 the savor whereof being delectable, and the first 
 day there appeared a man's hair ; the second, his 
 head ; the third, the entire man. And this man, 
 Buri, wedded the snow maiden Beltsa, and three 
 sons blessed their union: Odiu, Vili, and Ve. 
 
 Tired of his evil rule, the three brothers slew 
 
 230 
 
Prehistoric Cimeg 
 
 Ymir and carried his body into the middle of 
 the gap between Neiflheim and Muspelheim, and 
 there formed heaven and earth. His blood they 
 converted into the waters and of his bones they 
 made the mountains. His skull formed the 
 heavens, and his brains the heavy clouds, and 
 from his hair plants and herbs sprouted. They 
 took the glowing sparks that were ejected from 
 Muspelheim, and set them in their stations in 
 the firmament, sun, moon, stars, and meteors. 
 
 Night, a daughter of the giants, became the 
 mother of Earth and Day. The All-fader who 
 first sent forth the life-giving heat, placed Night 
 and her ruddy-tressed son in the heavens, and 
 they ride around the earth, first starry Night, 
 followed by her shining son. And as she rides, 
 Night scatters her rime jewels over the sleeping 
 earth. 
 
 Among the daughters of the giants was Mun- 
 dilflora, flower of the earth, a lovely maiden, 
 not dark like her sister Night, but fair and 
 sprightly. And her children, Mani and Sol, were 
 so surpassingly beautiful, that the gods, angered 
 by such presumption, took them up into the 
 heavens and gave them control over the sun and 
 moon. 
 
 When heaven and earth had been formed, and 
 order had been evolved from chaos, the gods, the 
 Osir, met in their city, Asgard, and these twelve 
 were Odin or All-fader, Thor, Baldur, Tyr, 
 Bragi, Heimdal, Hod with his sons Vidar and 
 Vidal, Nord Frey Ull and Forsetti. Here they 
 
 231 
 
Hi D Dies of 
 
 had their court, and Odin sat upon the high seat ; 
 here they raised a lofty hall for the goddesses; 
 here they built the smithy, where they fashioned 
 golden implements; here they dwelt in a golden 
 age, and wrought heroic deeds. 
 
 And the gods enjoyed peace until three beau- 
 tiful, but evil-minded maidens, came from the 
 giant land, Jotunheim, and dissension and ill will 
 fell upon the world. 
 
 And then the gods decided to create new be- 
 ings, and first, the dwarfs that had been gen- 
 erated in the dead body of Ymir, earthlike, they 
 endowed with life and understanding. Next 
 Owiu, accompanied by two, walked upon the 
 earth, and of two trees created he man and 
 woman, whom he placed in Midgard, our first 
 parents. The rainbow bridge they built from 
 Midgard to Asgard, and over this they ride to 
 the sacred fountain, where they daily sit in judg- 
 ment. This fountain, Urd, lies at the base of one 
 of the roots of the great ash, Ygdrasil, whose 
 branches overspread the whole world and reach 
 up to the heavens, where sits Odin. Under one 
 of the roots is the abode of Hel, the goddess 
 of the underworld; under another is Jotunheim, 
 the home of the frost giants ; under still another 
 is Midgard, the dwelling of humans. -Below the 
 tree, coiling among its roots, constantly gnaw- 
 ing, lie the serpent Nidhogg and his venomous 
 progeny; and as constantly the branches 'of 
 Ygdrasil are refreshed by the sister Norns, who 
 draw water at the fountain of Urd. These 
 
Cimes 
 
 t 
 
 Norns, Urd, Verdandi and Skulld, the Past, the 
 Present and the Future, sit by the well and de- 
 termine the fate of gods and men. 
 
 Between Asgard and Midgard was Vana- 
 heim, the abode of the Vanir, beings different to 
 man. And there were Light Elves, beings 
 friendly to man, and Dark Elves, unfriendly. 
 
 Quarrels arose among men, and Odin, cast- 
 ing a spear in their midst, created war, and he 
 sent forth his strong-handed maidens, the Val- 
 kyrs, to bear all heroes slain in battle to Valhalla, 
 where they join in daily combat and awake each 
 morning, free from wound or scar. 
 
 Grad-will reigned in Asgard until Loki, the 
 evil one, foster brother of Odin, was accorded 
 equal honor. He it was who caused the death 
 of the gentle Baldur, best beloved of Odin's 
 sons, for which he has been chained under a hot 
 sulphurous spring; but in time he will prevail. 
 
 Long had Baldur been tormented by dreams 
 presaging death, and the gods, fearful for him, 
 caused everything, animate and inanimate, to 
 vow that he should be exempt from hurt. 
 Thenceforth, the gods, deeming him invulner- 
 able, were wont to amuse themselves by shoot- 
 ing their arrows or cutting at him with their 
 ponderous axes. Loki, the mischievous one, as- 
 certained that the parasitic mistletoe, considered 
 too weak to be harmful, had been omitted in the 
 universal swearing, and straight he fashioned an 
 arrow of the yellow wood and induced one of 
 the gods to fit it to his bow. Baldur fell, and 
 
 233 
 
BiDDIcs Of 
 
 * 
 
 great was the grief in Asgard. Then sent they 
 to Hel, who promised to ransom the beloved god 
 if everything would weep for him. Every mem- 
 ber of the animal, vegetable, and mineral king- 
 doms, great and small, wept for the dead god, 
 save one old hog, Loki disguised; and Baldur 
 remained with queen Hel. For this, then, was 
 Loki imprisoned under the earth; his reappear- 
 ance will mark the twilight of the gods, when 
 the days will be sunless and brother shall con- 
 tend against brother. Then the wolf Fenrir, 
 who follows after Mani and Sol, will devour 
 them, and darkness will be upon the face of the 
 earth ; then the great serpent that encircles Mid- 
 gard will writhe in his strong rages, and the 
 waters shall overflow the land. Then the Osir 
 shall give battle to Hel, her countless tribe led 
 on by Loki; then Odin shall fall before Fenrir, 
 and Thor shall yield to the Midgard serpent. 
 There will follow a conflagration that will not 
 be abated till the whole world shall be consumed, 
 and the evil spirits will be gathered to Nastrond 
 and the pure to Gimli. 
 
 But a new earth shall rise above the troubled 
 waters and the gods shall return to Asgard, and 
 peace shall be established forever more. 
 
 Whence sprang these myths of olden time? 
 Perchance Odin and his brothers were the chiefs 
 of a nomadic tribe, that, coming out of At- 
 lantis wandered along the shores of Finland 
 and Lapland, and there fought with the dark- 
 skinned, undersized aborigines. Perchance 
 
 234 
 
c Cimes 
 
 these aborigines were a race of cave men, who, 
 driven to the bowels of the earth for shelter, 
 there found precious ores and veins rich in 
 jewels. 
 
 Coming as they did to a land where summer 
 follows winter in quick succession, with scarcely 
 any intervening spring and autumn, they em- 
 bodied this phenomenon in the story of the con- 
 tention between the cold of Neiflheim and the 
 heat of Muspelheim. 
 
 The earlier prediction that Fenrir will even- 
 tually swallow up Mani has a touch of fatalism, 
 a heritage from their homeland. 
 
 The story of Baldur, good, being overcome 
 temporarily by evil, would seem to imply either 
 that the inhabitants of Iceland were brought into 
 contact with primitive Christianity, which was 
 soon lost sight of, or that, deep-rooted in the 
 heart of man, from the beginning, has been the 
 hope for better things, for the ultimate age of 
 reason and truth, towards which we, centuries 
 later, turn our eyes. 
 
 The Grecian myth of Orpheus and Eurydice 
 has a parallel in the sending to the abode of 
 death for the slain Baldur. 
 
 In pagan Scandinavia, the worshippers of 
 Odin built spacious temples or erected large, 
 stone altars, generally in the vicinity of a well 
 and near a sacred grove or solitary tree, where- 
 on were suspended votive offerings, washed at 
 the spring by the priestesses. Human sacrifices 
 were not of ordinary occurrence, though resorted 
 
 235 
 
of 
 
 to in times of universal calamity. The flesh 
 of the horse, highly esteemed for edible pur- 
 poses, the first fruits and the spoils of war, 
 were the usual offerings. 
 
 The yule month was sacred to Odin and Frey, 
 for success in war and fruitful crops, and the 
 hog who first taught man to plow the earth was 
 the prescribed offering, which custom was long 
 preserved in the boar's head, the principal dish 
 that graced early English boards at Christmas. 
 
 236 
 
Prehistoric Cime0 
 
 CHAPTER XVIII. 
 
 CROMLECHS AND ROUND TOWERS. 
 
 Carnac, France, is remarkable on account of 
 the great Celtic monuments, situated about three- 
 quarters of a mile from the village, on a wide, 
 desolate plain near the seashore. The monu- 
 ments consist of ten thousand to twelve thou- 
 sand rude, broken obelisks of granite, resting 
 with their smaller ends in the ground, rising, 
 many of them, to a height of eighteen feet, 
 though a large proportion does not exceed three 
 feet, and arranged in eleven parallel rows, form- 
 ing ten avenues, extending from east to west, 
 and having at one end a curved row of eighteen 
 stones, the extremities of which touch the outer 
 horizontal rows. The origin and object of the 
 monument remains a mystery. Similar, but 
 smaller, structures are found to the west of Car- 
 nac, at Erdevan and St. Barbe. 
 
 In many places have been found human bones 
 in connection with the bones of extinct animals. 
 Valuable finds of such were made in the caves 
 of Lemi and Somborve, in the Department of 
 Arige, France. In Engrihoul and Engis, near 
 Leige, Belgium. The Nianderthal cave. The 
 
 237. 
 
of 
 
 cave at Aurignac, in the Department of Haute 
 Garonne, France, was found closed by a stone 
 slab, the cave containing seventeen skeletons, 
 with the bones of the cave bear, the cave lion, 
 mammoths, rhinoceros, the elk, weapons of bone, 
 stags, horn and ivory, and wrought flint. Out- 
 side the entrance was found ashes and bones, as 
 if a funeral feast had been held when the re- 
 mains of the humans were placed in the cave. 
 
 At St. Prest, near Chartiers, were found stone 
 implements and cuttings on bone. Even in the 
 lower strata there have been found stone knives 
 and bone cuttings at Thenay, France. 
 
 Circular groups of stone found in different 
 parts of the world like those at Orkney, Stone- 
 hange, Avebury, and Carnac. 
 
 At Avebury two circles are surrounded by a 
 large one of one hundred stones, standing up- 
 right, there are two avenues of stones leading 
 to these circles, made of stone in double lines. 
 All are surrounded by a trench. 
 
 They were supposed to be the Temples of the 
 Druids, connected with the worship of the Sun, 
 and in which courts of justice were held. 
 
 Afterwards there appears to have invaded all 
 the lands in the northwestern part of Europe and 
 the British Islands, a tall, muscular, round- 
 headed race, with red or flaxen hair, who lived 
 in round houses, and who buried their dead in 
 round barrows. To them are ascribed the stone 
 structures, the ruins of which are found in many 
 parts of these countries. The skeletons in the 
 
 238 
 
Cfme0 
 
 round barrows are entirely different to those 
 found in the long barrows. 
 
 The broad capacious forehead and square chin 
 of the skulls of the round barrow men show them 
 to have been of a brave and warlike character. 
 Considerable pottery was found, together with 
 implements of stone, horn, and bronze. They 
 were an Aryan race of men, and extended from 
 the Atlantic Ocean to Russia, from the Tiber to 
 the Baltic, into Sweden and Norway. 
 
 Along the shores of the Mediterranean Sea, 
 both north and south, as well as at the eastern 
 end, there was, at an early time, a race of people 
 which have been denominated the Mediterranean 
 race. They made a distinct impress on the civ- 
 ilization of the world. They it was who set- 
 tled Arabia, and built up the Cushite or Ethio- 
 pian culture. They were the progenitors of the 
 Circassians, who still retain the language and 
 manners of the original settlers, which is distinct 
 from that of the Aryans. The Semitic, Akka- 
 dian, the Egyptians, the Berbers, and other Ham- 
 itic races are descended from them. 
 
 The Druids were common to all the Celtic 
 races. They believed that men's souls do not 
 perish, but transmigrate after death from one 
 individual to another. They taught astronomy 
 and the influence of the stars in the destiny of 
 men. The priests wore on their bosoms a ser- 
 pent's egg, said to have been formed of the poi- 
 sonous spittle of a great many serpents bunched 
 
 239 
 
of 
 
 together. It was gathered at moonlight; thus 
 collected, it became a powerful talisman. 
 
 They determined propitious times by signs 
 from the stars, the clouds, winds, smoke, the 
 flight of birds, and other prenomena; they fore- 
 told events. 
 
 The ponderous Megalithic remains of Britain 
 and France were set up under the supervision of 
 Druids. Stone circles like those at Stennes and 
 Callenish are supposed to be ancient Druid tem- 
 ples. Stonehenge was the Cathedral of the Arch 
 Druid, and Avebury had been constructed orig- 
 inally in the form of a circle, with a serpent at- 
 tached to it. 
 
 Dolmens, Cromlechs, Menhers, are Druidical 
 erections. In the neighborhood of the circle, 
 as well as on the tops of mountains, may be 
 found cairns surmounted by a flat stone, on 
 which the Druids built altar fires for worship and 
 sacrifice. 
 
 The Mount St. Michael mound, at Carnac, 
 was three hundred and eighty feet wide and 
 thirty-three feet high, and had a square cham- 
 ber enclosed in which was found thirty-nine 
 stone celts, one hundred and ten stone beads, 
 and some fragment of flint. 
 
 The burial mound at Oberea was two hun- 
 dred and sixty-seven feet long, eighty-seven feet 
 wide, and forty-four feet high. 
 
 The greatest of all the so-called Druidical 
 monuments is the temple of Avebury, Wiltshire, 
 England. When perfect it consisted of a circu- 
 
 240 
 
Prehistoric Cimes 
 
 lar ditch and embankment, enclosing twenty- 
 eight and one-half acres of space; inside the 
 ditch was a circle of great stones. From the 
 outside embankm'ent there were two long, wind- 
 ing avenues of standing stones, one branching in 
 the direction of Beckhampton and the other to- 
 wards Kimiet, where it ended in another double 
 circle of stones. Stokeley supposed the idea 
 of the whole was that of a snake, the Kennet 
 circle representing the head and the Beckhamp- 
 ton avenue the tail of the serpent. Midway be- 
 tween the two avenues stood Silsbury Hill, the 
 largest artificial hill in Great Britain, which was 
 one hundred and seventy feet high. Twenty of 
 the stones yet remain; the balance of the six 
 hundred and fifty of which it was composed have 
 been removed, and used for building purposes in 
 the neighborhood of Avebury. 
 
 Avebury is a village of England, in the county 
 of Wilts, six miles west of Marlborough. It is 
 the site of the most remarkable megalithic struc- 
 tures in England. These consist of a large outer 
 circle formed of 100 stones, from 15 to 17 feet 
 in height, and about 40 feet in circumference, 
 inclosing an area of about 1,000 feet in diameter. 
 This circle was surrounded by a broad ditch and 
 lofty rampart. Within its area were two smaller 
 circles, 350 and 325 feet in diameter, respectively, 
 each consisting of a double concentric row of 
 stones ; a stone pillar or maenhir, 20 feet high, 
 occupying the center of the one, and a cromlech 
 or dolmen that of the other. A long avenue of 
 
Of 
 
 approach, now known as the Kennet Avenue, 
 consisting of a double row of stones, branched 
 off from this structure toward, the southeast for 
 a distance of 1,430 yards. Few traces of this 
 immense erection now remain, the stones having 
 been broken down and used in the construction 
 of the houses of the village, and for other pur- 
 poses. In the vicinity are two other monuments 
 of great importance, which may be regarded as 
 belonging to the same group, namely, the double 
 oval of megaliths on Hakpen Hill, Haca's Pen, 
 and the artificial mound known as Silbury Hill. 
 The Hakpen over was 138 feet by 155, and had an 
 avenue 45 feet wide stretching in the direction of 
 Silbury Hill. This hill is due south from Ave- 
 bury, and the distance from the center of the cir- 
 cle to the center of the mound is very nearly one 
 Roman mile. 
 
 Scattered about through the British Isles are 
 to be found cairns of several different kinds. 
 They are mounds of piles of stone. Many of 
 them are found near the circles of upright stones 
 and at the end of an avenue of standing stones. 
 Some cairns are formed round with an earthen 
 rampart and a ditch. Some have a flat rock on 
 top and some an upright stone pillar. Human 
 bones have been found in many, which would 
 imply that their original use was sepulchral. 
 The bones are sometimes burned, and some are 
 enclosed in cists or stone chambers or rude 
 coffins of ancient stone. Still others have earth- 
 enware urns, which contain the bones. Along 
 
 242 
 
Cimes 
 
 with the bones are often found flint arrow heads, 
 stone axe heads, stone hammers, implements of 
 bone, spear heads, and bones of horses and oxen. 
 Seventeen stone cists were found in one cairn. 
 
 Each of three cairns found at Memsie, in 
 Aberdeenshire, Scotland, were some three hun- 
 dred feet in circumference, seventy-five feet in 
 diameter, and forty feet high. 
 
 At Clava, on the banks of the Nairn River, 
 near the battle field of Culloden, are three such 
 mounds. One of them has a gallery two feet 
 wide, leading from the south side to a circular 
 chamber in the center fifteen feet in diameter. 
 
 The Boss Cairn, on the banks of the Boyne 
 River, is some four hundred feet in diameter and 
 eighty feet high. It contains some one hundred 
 and eighty thousand tons of stone. Around it, 
 ten yards apart, were placed standing stones, 
 with a standing pillar on the summit. The open- 
 ing into the mound, which is nearly square, is 
 lined by large flags, and leads to a dome-roofed 
 room at nearly the center of the mound. This 
 passage was nearly fifty feet long, three feet 
 wide, and four feet high at the entrance, and 
 rises as the interior is approached to eighteen 
 feet at the chamber. The chamber is in shape 
 of a cross, and in each recess is a basin of gran- 
 ite. The sides of the recesses are composed of 
 immense stone, several of which are carved. The 
 carving is supposed to be symbolic, and were 
 made probably before the stone was put in place. 
 The chamber, from the east to west, is twenty 
 
 243 
 
Hit) Dies of 
 
 feet, and from north to south, including the 
 passage, seventy-five feet. 
 
 About a mile on either side are two other 
 mounds. They each contain an opening, and a 
 chamber in cuneform shape, containing basins 
 and carvings similar to the mound between them. 
 
 Mounds like these are found in Scandinavia, 
 Scotland, Brittany, and England. 
 
 At the great mound in Borrely, Denmark, 
 skulls were found. 
 
 The Danish mound on the Island of Moen had 
 a diameter of one hundred and seventy-six feet, 
 and a height of twenty-three and one-third feet. 
 The passage was opened to the east. The walls 
 of the passageway and the chamber were made 
 by upright, flat stones, separated by small inter- 
 vals, the interstices being filled with other stones. 
 There were eleven such stones in the sides of the 
 passageway, twenty feet long and three and 
 three-fourths feet wide; such stones made the 
 sides of it, and three stones formed its roof. The 
 chamber was oblong, about thirty-two feet long, 
 nineteen feet wide, and nine feet high. The 
 roof was made of five large stones, and the walls 
 of twelve large, flat stones, placed on end. This 
 chamber had been filled with mould to within 
 two feet of the roof. Near the floor, nearly op- 
 posite the passage, was found a skeleton, ex- 
 tended with the head toward the north. At the 
 south side of the chamber were found two skele- 
 tons, in sitting posture. On the west side of 
 the chamber another skeleton was found, also 
 
 244! 
 
Prehistoric Cime0 
 
 in sitting posture ; close to this were found three 
 amber beads, a beautiful stone battle axe, a stone 
 chisel, and some pottery. At the northwest side 
 was found another skeleton, near which were an 
 amber bead, a flint flake, and some fragments 
 of pottery. . One skull had a round hole in it, 
 as if trepaned. It had a very low forehead, with 
 projecting eye sockets, and a cephalic index of 
 72.6. There were some twenty jars and urns of 
 pottery, all of them inverted. They were deco- 
 rated with hues and paints. There were five 
 flint spear heads, two small flint chisels, fifty- 
 three flint flakes, from three to five and one-half 
 inches long, and fifty amber beads. In the pas- 
 sage was a skeleton, near the feet of which was 
 a plain jar. 
 
 Near west Kermet, in Wiltonshire, England, 
 was a long barrow, three hundred and thirty-six 
 feet long, forty feet wide at the west end, and 
 seventy-five feet wide at the east, and eight feet 
 high. The walls were made of eight blocks of 
 stone. The chamber opened into the passage- 
 way, and in the chamber were four skeletons, 
 two had been buried in a sitting posture. 
 
 In Norway, Denmark, the Isle of Man, Ire- 
 land, and Scotland, there are stones which have 
 been sculptured with mysterious symbols ; some 
 of them have an elephant or a horse engraved 
 on them. On one, near Glammis, there is a croc- 
 odile's head engraved thereon. At Wrigle, a 
 chariot is cut into the stone. 
 
 Ginaldus Cambrensis, writing in the twelfth 
 
 245 
 
l3tDDlC0 of 
 
 century, said there was in Ireland in ancient 
 times, in the plains of Kildare, near Castle of 
 Noas, a pile of stones, called the Giants' Dance, 
 because giants from Africa brought the stones 
 into Ireland and set them up, miraculously. 
 
 The Mound of Maeshowe on the Mainland of 
 Orkney is 92 feet in diameter at the base, and 
 about 36 feet high. The door at the base, on 
 one side, leading into a passageway, is low at 
 the entrance, but about 4 feet 8 inches high in- 
 side, walled on the sides and covered with stones. 
 This passage leads into a chamber 15 feet square 
 and 13 feet high. From each side of the cham- 
 ber, except the entrance side, there is a passage 
 about 3 feet from the floor leading to a smaller 
 room, about 7 feet long by 4 feet 6 inches wide. 
 There are carvings and Runic letters on this 
 wall, evidently made by others than the builders. 
 At a short distance away from the mound was an 
 environing bank of earth with a ditch around it. 
 
 An earthwork structure was found near Castle 
 Combe in England constructed on the top of a 
 high hill in a pear shape, the small end of the 
 work being at the point of the hill overlooking 
 the creek in the valley below; the sides of the 
 hill upon which it is built are verp steep, making 
 it difficult of access. The largest inclosure is 
 at the large part of the pear-shaped inclosure, 
 away from the apex and contains some 8^2 
 acres of ground. The defenses consist of em- 
 bankments of earth extending around the point 
 of the hill or promontory; on the right side the 
 
 (246 
 
Prehistoric Cimes 
 
 embankment is doubled. There are four lines 
 of ramparts across the inclosure from the point 
 to the largest inclosure. At the point is a high 
 mound from the top of which a view may be 
 obtained of the valley all around and of all the 
 inclosures, an ancient citadel. 
 
 In Scotland at Glen Feecham, Argylshire, is 
 an earthen mound in form of a serpent. The 
 head is a large cairn, and the body of the earth- 
 ern reptile is 300 feet long. In the center of 
 the head there was found evidences of an altar. 
 The shape can be best seen when the whole of 
 it can be viewed from the stone or a rock close 
 to the head, to the west, looking eastward at 
 sunrise. 
 
 Large ancient stones raised to an erect posi- 
 tion are found in all parts of the world, in India, 
 Persia, Assyria, Egypt, Continental Europe, 
 Great Britain, and America. We read of 
 Abimelech being made King of the Pilar, which 
 was in Schechem, and of Jehoash being annointed 
 king, standing by a pillar as the manner was. 
 When a king was elected, in ancient Britain, he 
 took a solemn oath to the Tauist stone. The 
 stone Lia Paid was brought to Ireland for the 
 coronation of Fergus and afterwards taken to 
 Scotland. Later it was brought to Westminster, 
 where it forms part of the coronation chair. 
 Some of these standing stones were perforated, 
 and to these there was a peculiar sanctity. The 
 stone of Odin, near the group of stones at 
 Stennus in the Orkney Islands, was the place 
 
 247 
 
of 
 
 where vows were made, and he who broke the 
 vow there made was infamous. The perforated 
 stone at Madderty, Cornwall, was thought to 
 be efficacious in curing rheumatism. 
 
 Some fifty years ago, in gravel beds near Abbe- 
 ville, France, a number of rude stone implements 
 made by man were found, together with the 
 bones of the mammoth. 
 
 The French Academy of Science sent a com- 
 mittee to examine the site and the discoveries. 
 The result of the investigation corroborated the 
 theory of the existence of man before the drift 
 period. 
 
 So we may believe that before the last great 
 upheaval of the Alps and the Pyrenees and the 
 mountains in California, while the warmer cli- 
 mate existed in Europe and America, man lived 
 in these countries. 
 
 The Calaveras skull in California was found in 
 a shaft, 150 feet deep, under five beds of lava and 
 volcanic remains and four beds of Auriferous 
 gravel. 
 
 In Franklin County, Missouri, 18 feet under 
 ground, some iron miners found the remains of 
 a human being, a skull, some ribs, backbone, and 
 collar-bone, which crumbled when exposed to the 
 air, and with this corpse were found two rough 
 arrow heads, some charcoal, and something like 
 coarse matting. 
 
 Round towers of stone exist in many places 
 widely separated, some 150 existed in Ireland. 
 They have many characteristics in common, the 
 248 
 
Prehistoric Cimeg 
 
 walls are built, battered inwardly, and tapering 
 toward the top. The doors are made with a lintel 
 over the top, and they have several openings for 
 each story. There are no staircase inside. The 
 Moslem Minarets are built after the model of 
 round towers. There is one round tower in 
 Rhode Island, several in Yucatan. 
 
 One on the Island of Moosa in the Shetland 
 group, is 41 feet high, open at the top. The 
 space in the center is 20 feet in diameter, and 
 has a stone stairway to the top. One is in the 
 Marcos valley in southwestern Colorado. 
 
 The Leaning Tower of Pisa, Italy, is an ex- 
 ample of the round tower found in Sicily, Sar- 
 dinia, Algeria, Arabia, and India. These in Ire- 
 land have openings from 6 to 20 feet from the 
 ground, they are from 60 to 120 feet high. Many 
 such structures are found in England, one on 
 the Isle of Man. There are three in Scotland, 
 and some in Corsica. They are called Narhags 
 in Sardinia, and one is at the old port of Ra- 
 venna. The circular tower plan was much used 
 by Mahometans. One at old Delhi, India, is 250 
 feet high. They were Druid structures con- 
 nected with the worship of the sun, Phallic sym- 
 bols. 
 
 Similar structures are the truddhie, a massive 
 stone, conical tower piled up without mortar at 
 Otranto. Inside is a round room, the roof of 
 which is formed by a series of circular courses of 
 stone projecting one over the other. Sometimes 
 the consecutive stones are constructed in the 
 
 249 
 
of 
 
 same manner, and reached by steps cut in the 
 walls. 
 
 Thousands of these truddhie are found in 
 Italy. The Castleria of Sitria, Germany, fifteen 
 of which exist in the District of Albina, a town 
 southwest of Triest, are similar structures. Some 
 ancient stone implements were found in the vi- 
 cinity which attest their antiquity. 
 
 2501 
 
Prehistoric Cimes 
 
 CHAPTER XIX. 
 
 ICONOCLASTS. 
 
 It seems hard to understand why men will cir- 
 cumscribe and hamper the mind as they do by 
 the slavish attitude they take in clinging to the 
 Ushur chronology. Any one who questioned it 
 was an apostate. 
 
 No one might investigate any other evidence to 
 ascertain whether it was true or not. Any one 
 might look at the world and the record made in 
 its structure to see that it was not made at one 
 and the same time by any fiat of the Creator. 
 
 Much of the evidences appertaining to ancient 
 peoples has been destroyed willfully by religious 
 fanatics, men who had become imbued with the 
 idea that their religious ideas were absolutely 
 true and all others absolutely false. They de- 
 sired to supplant all other religions with their 
 own ideas; the symbols of all other religions 
 they must destroy. In their blind, unreasoning 
 zeal they destroyed not only temples, but the 
 worshipers therein. The conflicts which arose 
 from that motive have taken place in all parts 
 of the world and in all ages. Its effect has been 
 to destroy many things which would be valuable 
 to earnest seekers after ancient beliefs. 
 
 251 
 
of 
 
 Universal intolerance has resulted in the de- 
 struction of many ancient landmarks, many links 
 between the present and the past. 
 
 Where a generous disposition to accord to 
 other men the same honesty of purpose as one 
 claims for himself, would have secured to in- 
 quirers evidences which might enable students 
 to ascertain whence came the religions of to-day. 
 
 It has been the practice to destroy all the em- 
 blems and records of other religious faith. 
 Cardinal Ximenes burned the old Arabic manu- 
 scripts in Spain about the year 1500. The Gauls 
 destroyed the annals of Rome. The Romans 
 destroyed the records of Carthage and of Spain. 
 The Brahmins destroyed the literature of Hin- 
 dustan. The Moslem destroyed the books and 
 records from Benares and Bactria to Syria, and 
 at Alexandria they burned the library which had 
 been collected from the time of Alexander the 
 Great to the year 640 A. D. All sects of phi- 
 losophy had established themselves there, and nu- 
 merous schools were opened. For the advance- 
 ment of learning a library was established, in 
 which there were collected 700,000 volumes of 
 the learning of all former times in all the lan- 
 guages. All persons were permitted to study 
 and copy these books and manuscripts. A broad, 
 generous spirit was manifest toward the phi- 
 losophy of every man. But the bigoted, be- 
 nighted Moslems in their religious zeal, burned 
 all this and thereby destroyed what can never be 
 replaced. 
 
 252 
 
Cimes 
 
 The iconoclasts of the Byzantine Empire in 
 the eighth and ninth centuries, opposing the use 
 and honor paid to icons or images, under the 
 edicts of Lee the Saurian, destroyed all the mag- 
 nificent statuary and images which had been col- 
 lected in ages past, because they believed they 
 interfered with the spread of Catholicism. This 
 destruction was continued under succeeding Em- 
 perors until all the emblems and all persons pro- 
 fessing any rival faith had been destroyed. 
 
 The efforts of Torquemada at Salamanca and 
 the Spanish priesthood in Peru, Central America 
 and Mexico, destroyed the historical evidences of 
 these peoples, a great loss to the world. The de- 
 votion of ignorance has been a terrible detriment 
 to the knowledge of the world. 
 
 There was never any ground for apprehension 
 that the foundations of a genuine religious be- 
 lief could be injured by the false. The investi- 
 gation of the beginnings is not the work of ig- 
 norant or irreverent men; those capable of de- 
 velopment themselves seldom molest the opin- 
 ions of others. Only those who know little of 
 this world profess to know all about the future 
 existence. 
 
 There are different conceptions of God, Israel's 
 God, Jehovah, was capricious, jealous, and venge- 
 ful, dealing terrible punishment for slight of- 
 fenses against himself, which made it necessary 
 to exercise great tact in his worship. In the 
 earlier books of the Bible, God was thought to 
 
 253 
 
of 
 
 be friendly to the Hebrews as a people and an- 
 tagonistic to their enemies. 
 
 Every person in the world has the right to 
 look at religious matters with the eyes and mind 
 which the Creator gave to him for his use, free 
 and untrameled. Religion exercises a beneficial 
 influence on mankind and, while there is great 
 diversion and antagonism in the different beliefs 
 and creeds, which differences are chips and whet- 
 stones, there seems to be a golden thread run- 
 ning through them all, teaching men to be moral, 
 just and honest. 
 
 The tapestry has faded, but we would fain 
 catch up the severed threads and weave again the 
 pictures of an olden time. 
 
 The riddles which presented themselves for 
 solution the basis of the foregoing treatise were : 
 
 First. Where did the world come from, and 
 how did it come into being? 
 
 It is generally thought that this question might 
 be answered in the first two chapters of Genesis, 
 which contain two different and inconsistent ac- 
 counts of creation of the world, but when these 
 accounts are compared with each other it may be 
 seen that they are but the romances of two differ- 
 ent writers neither of whom had the necessary 
 knowledge or information as to be reliable as a 
 basis for their narrations. They were acquired 
 by the Hebrews during their captivity in Babylon. 
 It is apparent that the world was not made as 
 therein related at one time, or in a short time by 
 any fiat. The first account is probably much 
 
 254 
 
Cfmes 
 
 nearer the course of creation than the second, 
 but both are so utterly untenable as that they 
 must be cast aside as affording any light on the 
 riddle. In the first 21 pages of the foregoing has 
 been collected and narrated facts to explain how 
 the Creator made the world and where it came 
 from. 
 
 Second Riddle. What was the course of de- 
 velopment of life on the earth ? This may be in- 
 contestibly solved by scientific examination of 
 the structure of the strata of which an effort has 
 been made in the foregoing to adduce the facts 
 shown thereby, in pages 21 to 36 to throw light 
 on the solution of this riddle. 
 
 Third Riddle. How did man develop and 
 reach the stage to which he has come? An 
 attempt to learn the course of his progress has 
 been made in the foregoing pages from 36 to 53. 
 
 Fourth Riddle. Who and what were the peo- 
 ple who built the immense structures the ruins of 
 which appear in Central United States, Mexico, 
 Central America, and South America? Whence 
 came they? An attempt to solve this riddle is 
 made in the foregoing from pages 53 to 115. 
 
 Fifth Riddle. Where and what was the old 
 continent Island of Lemuria, and what influence 
 had its inhabitants upon mankind? An attempt 
 to solve which is made in the foregoing pages, 
 126 to 130. 
 
 Sixth Riddle. How has the concept in the 
 minds of men, as to the character and attitude 
 of the Almighty toward men, evolved from the 
 
of 
 
 crude idea of savage man as shown in the Bible? 
 is attempted to be solved in pages 149 herein. 
 
 Seventh Riddle. Where was the center of civi- 
 lization from which radiated the different civili- 
 zations which apepar to have existed in all parts 
 of the world, the ruins of structures made by 
 them show remarkable similarities as to prove a 
 common source of ideas? An attempt to show 
 this was Altantis or Asgard which existed in 
 ancient times but which has so completely disap- 
 peared is made on pages 142 to 147. 
 
 Eighth Riddle. What was the center or source 
 of the different civilizations which appear to 
 have existed in Mesopotamia, Phonecia, and 
 Greece, Egypt, and India? An attempt to show 
 that this riddle may be answered by stating it 
 was Ethiopia or Arabia whose inhabitants were 
 Cushites was this source which in time obtained 
 its civilization in turn from Atlantis is attempted 
 to be shown in pages 154 to 179. 
 
 Ninth Riddle. What was the source from 
 which came the culture of the people of Central 
 Europe and along the highway from there to 
 India? An attempt to solve this riddle is made 
 on page 191. To show this was from the an- 
 cient tribe of Aryans, who in the long distant 
 past wandered over the plains of Northern Cen- 
 tral Europe. 
 
 Tenth Riddle. How are the people of China, 
 Japan related to the other peoples of the world 
 is attempted to be solved on pages 192 and fol- 
 lowing pages to 196. 
 
 256 
 
I9rei)i0taric Cime* 
 
 Eleventh Riddle. Where did the ancient 
 Greeks obtain the mythology? An attempt to 
 show this was from Altantis, whose rulers were 
 the Greek Gods is made on pages 215 and follow- 
 ing. 
 
 Twelfth Riddle. What was the origin of the 
 ancient Scandinavian mythology ? An attempt to 
 solve this riddle by showing Asgard is identical 
 with Altantis is made on pages 
 
 Riddle Thirteen. What will a comparative 
 examination of the ruins of ancient structures in 
 all parts of the world develop as to identity of 
 ideas in architecture of them all? Is attempted 
 to be solved in the foregoing pages, 234 to 246, 
 by showing remarkable similarities. 
 
 Riddle Fourteen. What effect has religious 
 bigotry had to becloud the evidence of things in 
 the far distant past is attempted to be shown on 
 pages 247, and following pages. 
 
 THE END. 
 
of Prehistoric Cimes 
 
 INDEX 
 
 Astronomer The First, 51, 52. 
 
 Aryans, 180. 
 
 Aryan Religious Ideas, 190. 
 
 Atmosphere, 10, 50. 
 
 Atlantis, 142, 147, 172. 
 
 Asgard, 142, 147. 
 
 Asteteroth, 161. 
 
 Animals Similarity, both Hemispheres, 
 
 Animals embedded in ice, 31, 320. 
 
 Arabia, 153, 175. 
 
 Avebury, 234, 241. 
 
 Azoic Era, 10. 
 
 Aztecs Sacrifices, 84. 
 
 Aztec Government, 87. 
 
 Aztec, 82. 
 
 Aztec Emigration Picture, 84, 86. 
 
 Baal Bel Sun God, 175. 
 
 Barrow Round peoples, 234. 
 
 Birth of the World, 8. 
 
 Beginning of life, u. 
 
 Brush Creek, Ohio, Serpent Mound, 66. 
 
 Boulders in Drift, 30. 
 
 Carboniferous Era, 13. 
 
 Cave Dwellers, 33. 
 
 Chaldea, 175, 208. 
 
 Chaldean Ruins, 19, 116. 
 
 Chaldean Pottery, 121, 122. 
 
 Chaldean Worship, 204. 
 
 Chinese Thought, 210. 
 
 Calendar Nahna, 108. 
 
 259 
 
of 
 
 Cenozoic Era, 17. 
 
 Chaltepec, 87. 
 
 Center of Gravity, 26. 
 
 Climate, changes in, 17. 
 
 Coal formations, 91. 
 
 Constadt Men, 53. 
 
 Copau, Central America, 78. 
 
 Chohula, 82. 
 
 Copper implements, 64. 
 
 Cromlechs in Peru, 108. 
 
 Confucius, 204. 
 
 Cronus, 156, 216. 
 
 Cretaceous Era, 17. 
 
 Croll's Theory, 22. 
 
 Creek Indians, 72. 
 
 Cycles of 52 years, 84. 
 
 Days of the week, 51. 
 
 Devonian Age, 12. 
 
 Disease, 42. 
 
 Dionysus, 155. 
 
 Dianas Temple, 223. 
 
 Early Inhabitants of Italy, 51. 
 
 Early Inhabitants of South Europe, 56. 
 
 Early Inhabitants of America, 73, 75. 
 
 Early Inhabitants of Mexico, 74, 75, 80. 
 
 Early Teutons, 55. 
 
 Early Basques, 56. 
 
 Early Men before the Flood, 34. 
 
 Eddas, 225. 
 
 Easter Islands, 129. 
 
 Elowah River, Georgia, 62. 
 
 Etrusans were Aryan, 54. 
 
 Evolution of Concept of God, 149. 
 
 Egypt, 206. 
 
 Flood, Man before, 34. 
 
 Fire, Holy, each year, 107. 
 
 Fossilized Rock, 42. 
 
 Gaea, 216. 
 
 Geological Ages, 5, 10. 
 
 260 
 
Prehistoric Cimes 
 
 God concepts, 149. 
 
 Growth of Man, 37, 38. 
 
 Growth of Ideas, 41. 
 
 Gravel, remains in, 54. 
 
 Greek Mythology, 215. 
 
 Greek Housefather, 218. 
 
 Gravity, center of earth's, 25, 26. 
 
 Glacial Periods, 22. 
 
 Hesperides, 232. 
 
 Hercules, 221. 
 
 Hebrew, Account of Creation, 148. 
 
 Iconoclasts, 247. 
 
 Iberians, 55. 
 
 laphygian Race, 54. 
 
 India Peoples, 196. 
 
 Italy's Early Men, 54. 
 
 Ireland's Early Men, 57, 146. 
 
 Implements found in Ruins, 63, 64, 65, 69. 
 
 Japanese Sorcerers, 42. 
 
 Jerusalem, 123. 
 
 Kahoka, Illinois Mounds, 62. 
 
 Land Elevation in the past, 57. 
 
 Lake Titicaca, 102. 
 
 Land Division in Peru, 103. 
 
 Lemuria, 126. 
 
 Louisiana, 125. 
 
 Libraries, Ancient, 7. 
 
 Maya Traditions, 93. 
 
 Maya and Greek languages, 54. 
 
 Mayas, 74. 
 
 Mandan Indians, 72. 
 
 Man before the flood, 34. 
 
 Mezozoic Age, 15. 
 
 Metamorphis, 42. 
 
 Mediterranean Races, 235. 
 
 Menominee Indians, 72. 
 
 Mound Builders, 68. 
 
 Mycenae, 168. 
 
 Mexico's Early Inhabitants, 34, 74, 75. 
 
 26l 
 
of 
 
 Nahna Calendar, 168. 
 New Zealanders, 126. 
 Nicaraguan Peoples, 87. 
 Names of Planets, 51. 
 Paleozoic Era, 19. 
 Pan Traditions, 93. 
 Paleuque, 99. 
 Peru, 94 to 108. 
 Peru Land Division, 103. 
 Peru Manufactures, 104. 
 Planet and Sun Worship, 97. 
 Pelasgians were Aryans, 116. 
 Planets, Names of, 51. 
 Pirunas, 100, 102. 
 Pueblos, in Mexico, 75. 
 Periods, Glacial, 22. 
 Phoenician Cities, 119. 
 Physicozoic Era, 18. 
 Phallic Worship, 41. 
 Pyramids, 83, 90, 116. 
 
 Buantenary Era, 17. 
 uatzelcoati, 80. 
 Rhea, 216. 
 
 Round Barrow people, 27. 
 Sacrifice, 46. 
 Sabellians, 55. 
 Salt, 14. 
 
 Scandinavian People, 229. 
 Silurian Age, 12. 
 Spirits, 141. 
 Sky Worship, 52. 
 Sorcerers, Japanese, 42. 
 Serpent Worship, 67. 
 Serpent Mound, Ohio, 66. 
 Serpent Mound, Scotland, 243. 
 Serpent Mound, Stonehenge, 234, 236. 
 Snake Butte, South Dakota, 70. 
 Stone henge, 236. 
 Teutons, Early, 56. 
 
 262 
 
Prehistoric Cimes 
 
 Tertiary Age, 13, 14. 
 
 Tirynth, 115. 
 
 Teocalles, 82. 
 
 Titicaca Lake. 
 
 Toltecs, 75, 183. 
 
 Tai Ko Fokee, 75. 
 
 Week days, 51. 
 
 Weapons in Ruins, 73- 
 
 Wisconsin Mounds, 65, 70. 
 
 W T orship Tree, 112. 
 
 Worship of Ancestors, 50. 
 
 Worship of the Sky, 52. 
 
 Worship of Serpents, 67. 
 
 Worship of Sun and Planets, 97. 
 
 Planets of Teocalles, 82. 
 
 Worms, Earth, 7. 
 
 Yucatan, 99. 
 
 Yucatan Uxmal, 100. 
 
 Yucatan Chichen, 92. 
 
 Zuni Indians, 78. 
 
 Zeus, 215. 
 
 263 
 
OUR NEWEST ISSUES 
 
 By Alexandra Erixon. 
 The Vale of Shadows 1.50 
 
 By Mrs. Josephine M. Clarke. 
 The King Squirrel of Central Park (Juvenile) . .60 
 
 By William N. Freeman. 
 St. Mammon 1.50 
 
 By Mrs. I. Lowenberg. 
 The Irresistible Current 1.501 
 
 By M. Y. T. H. Myth. 
 
 Tales of Enchantment i.oo 
 
 A Tale Confided by the Woods 75 
 
 By Ida Blanche Wall. 
 Comedy of Petty Conflicts 1.25 
 
 By Elizabeth Helene Freston. 
 
 Poems (portrait) beautifully bound i.oo 
 
 Italians Fornarina (leather) 3.00 
 
 Compiled by Darwin W. Esmond. 
 Poetry of Childhood, by Paul Warner Esmond 
 (Memorial Edition) 1.50 
 
OUR NEWEST ISSUES 
 
 By Wilbert C. Blakeman. 
 The Black Hand 1.50 
 
 By John W. Bennett. 4 
 
 Roosevelt and the Republic i.5f 
 
 By Hon. Joseph M. Brown. 
 
 (Governor of Georgia.) 
 Astyanax An Epic Romance ..:.... 2.50 
 
 By John Tracy Mygatt. 
 What I Do Not Know of Farming 75 
 
 By Esmee Walton. 
 Aurora of Poverty Hill 1.50 
 
 By Josephine Merwin Cook. 
 Bandana Days t .75 
 
 By Howard James. 
 The Wraith of Knopf and Other Stories x.oo 
 
 By George Fuller Golden. 
 My Lady Vaudeville and Her White Rats.^., a.oa 
 
 By J. A. Salmon- Maclean. 
 
 Leisure Moments i.oo 
 
 A Stricken City 50 
 
OUR NEWEST ISSUES 
 
 By James A. Ritchey, Ph.D. 
 Psychology of the Will $1.50 
 
 By Charles Hallock, M. A. \ 
 
 Peerless Alaska . x.Ot 
 
 By Dwight Edwards Marvin. 
 
 Prof. Slagg of London 1.50 
 
 The Christman 1.50 
 
 By Caroline Mays Brevard. 
 Literature of the South 1.50 
 
 By Susan Archer Weiss. 
 Home Life of Poe (ad ed.) 1.50 
 
 By Irving Wilson Voorhees, M.D. 
 Teachings of Thomas Henry Huxley (2d ed.) . x.Ot 
 
 By Mrs. Annie Riley Hale. 
 Rooseveltian Fact and Fable x.oo 
 
 By Hon. D. W. Higgins. 
 The Mystic Spring x-5 
 
 By Edith Nicholl Ellison. 
 The Burnt-Offering .., 
 
14 DAY USE 
 
 RETURN TO DESK FROM WHICH BORROWED 
 
 LOAN DEPT. 
 
 This book is due on the last date stamped below, or 
 
 on the date to which renewed. 
 Renewed books are subject to immediate recall. 
 
 . 3Jan'58LW 
 
 REC'D LD 
 
 
 MAR 6 1963 
 
 REC'D LD 
 
 
 DEC 5 1957 
 
 
 , . i.tfA^nr F 
 
 
 3lMg3y*r 
 REC'P LD 
 
 
 pitrf^"* * 
 
 me ig 1959 
 
 
 
 HUu 1 w 
 
 
 l2^pr'60CF 
 
 
 ,-C-p LO 
 
 
 <,..-' 
 . ~ q 196 
 
 Q 
 
 Arn o 
 * , 
 
 
 ^^ 
 
 
 
 
 LD 21-100m-6,'56 
 (B9311slO)476 
 
 General Library 
 
 University of California 
 
 Berkeley 
 
VB 2 1 565 
 
 '12001 
 
 UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY